User login
Periprocedural management of oral anticoagulation: When and how to hit “pause”
Debra P is a 62-year-old African American woman who calls your office to report that she has an upcoming routine colonoscopy planned in 2 weeks. She has been taking warfarin for the past 2 years for ischemic stroke prevention secondary to atrial fibrillation (AF), and her gastroenterologist recommended that she contact her family physician (FP) to discuss periprocedural anticoagulation plans. Ms. P is currently taking warfarin 5 mg on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, and 2.5 mg all other days of the week. Her international normalized ratio (INR) was 2.3 when it was last checked 2 weeks ago, and it has been stable and within goal range for the past 6 months. Her medical history includes AF, well-controlled hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus, as well as gout and stage 3 chronic kidney disease. Ms. P denies any history of stroke or transient ischemic attack (TIA). She is requesting instructions on how to manage her warfarin before and after her upcoming colonoscopy.
Jerry Q is a 68-year-old Caucasian man with longstanding osteoarthritis who is scheduled to undergo a total left knee arthroplasty in one week. His orthopedic surgeon recommended that he contact his FP for instructions regarding managing apixaban perioperatively. Jerry has been taking apixaban 5 mg bid for the past 9 months due to a history of recurrent deep vein thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary embolism (PE) (both unprovoked). Mr. Q had been taking warfarin following his first DVT 4 years ago, but, after reporting that INR monitoring was a burden, he was started on apixaban. The patient has normal renal function and is relatively healthy otherwise. How should apixaban be managed before and after his upcoming surgery?
Each year, approximately 15% to 20% of patients taking an oral anticoagulant undergo a procedure that carries a heightened risk for bleeding.1,2 Stopping oral anticoagulation is often necessary before—and sometimes briefly after—many of these procedures in order to minimize the risk of bleeding.3 This means that countless decisions must be made by health care providers each year regarding if, when, and how to pause and resume oral anticoagulation. These decisions are not always straightforward, especially when you consider the risks for thrombosis and bleeding that are unique to the procedure and to the individual patient.
With these variables in mind, the health care provider must make decisions regarding anticoagulation during the periprocedural period based on the following 5 questions:
- Will this patient need to have his/her oral anticoagulant stopped prior to the procedure?
- If the patient’s oral anticoagulation needs to be held, when should it be stopped and for how long?
- Will periprocedural bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant be necessary prior to the procedure?
- When should the patient resume his or her oral anticoagulant after the procedure, and at what dosage?
- Will bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant be necessary after the procedure?
Before addressing these 5 questions, though, physicians must assess patients’ thrombotic and bleeding risks.4-6
Anticoagulant regimens and the risks of discontinuing them
The 2 most common indications for long-term oral anticoagulation are venous thromboembolism (VTE), which occurs in approximately one million Americans every year,7,8 and stroke prevention in the setting of AF (AF occurs in 3-6 million US adults per year).6
Warfarin is also often used in patients with mechanical heart valves for long-term stroke prevention; however, direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) are not recommended for patients with mechanical heart valves because trials have not yet demonstrated their safety or efficacy in this population.4,5,9
Who’s at highest risk for an acute thromboembolic event?
When planning for interruptions in oral anticoagulation, it is important to identify patients at highest risk for an acute thromboembolic event. Patients with 10% or higher annual risk for VTE or ischemic stroke are generally placed into this high-risk category (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3 Keep in mind that the absolute risk for thromboembolism during a brief period of oral coagulation interruption is relatively low, even in those patients considered to be at high risk. Using a mathematical approach (although simplistic), a patient with a 10% annual risk for a thromboembolic event would have <0.3% chance for developing such an event in the acute phase, even if their anticoagulation was withheld for up to 10 days ([10%/365 days] × 10 days).
Patients with mechanical heart valves. Nearly all patients with a mechanical heart valve are at moderate to high risk for ischemic stroke.3
For patients with AF, the CHADS2 and CHA2DS2-VASc scoring tools can be used to estimate annual thrombosis risk based on the presence of risk factors (TABLE 210,11).6,9-11 It should be noted, however, that these scoring tools have not been validated specifically for periprocedural risk estimations. Nonetheless, the latest 2017 American College of Cardiology (ACC) guidelines recommend the use of the CHA2DS2-VASc scoring tool for making decisions regarding perioperative bridging in patients with AF.11
Patients with previous VTE. Multiple aspects of a patient’s past medical history need to be taken into account when estimating annual and acute risk for VTE. Patients at the highest risk for VTE recurrence (annual VTE risk ≥10%) include those with recent VTE (past 90 days), active malignancy, and/or severe thrombophilias (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3,5,6 Patients without any of these features can still be at moderate risk for recurrent VTE, as a single VTE without a clear provoking factor can confer a 5% to 10% annualized risk for recurrence.12,13 Previous proximal DVT and PE are associated with a higher risk for recurrence than a distal DVT, and males have a higher recurrence risk than females.5,12 There are scoring tools, such as DASH (D-dimer, Age, Sex, Hormones) and the “Men Continue and HERDOO2,” that can help estimate annualized risk for VTE recurrence; however, they are not validated (nor particularly useful) when making decisions in the perioperative period.14,15
Additional risk factors. Consider additional risk factors for thromboembolism, including estrogen/hormone replacement therapy, pregnancy, leg or hip fractures, immobility, trauma, spinal cord injury, central venous lines, congestive heart failure, thrombophilia, increased age, obesity, and varicose veins.5,16
In addition, some surgeries have a higher inherent risk for thrombosis. Major orthopedic surgery (knee and hip arthroplasty, hip fracture surgery) and surgeries for major trauma or spinal cord injuries are associated with an exceedingly high rate of VTE.17 Similarly, coronary artery bypass surgery, heart valve replacement, and carotid endarterectomies carry the highest risk for acute ischemic stroke.3
Who’s at highest risk for bleeding?
Establishing the bleeding risk associated with a procedure is imperative prior to urgent and elective surgeries to help determine when anticoagulation therapy should be discontinued and reinitiated, as well as whether bridging therapy is appropriate. The 2012 CHEST guidelines state that bleeding risk should be assessed based on timing of anticoagulation relative to surgery and whether the anticoagulation is being used as prophylaxis for, or treatment of, thromboembolism.3 Categorizing procedures as having a minimal, low, or high risk for bleeding can be helpful in making anticoagulation decisions (TABLE 3).3,18-21
In addition to the bleeding risk associated with procedures, patient-specific factors need to be considered. A bleeding event within the past 3 months, platelet abnormalities, a supratherapeutic INR at the time of surgery, a history of bleeding from previous bridging, a bleed history with a similar procedure, and a high HAS-BLED (Hypertension, Abnormal renal or liver function, Stroke, Bleeding history or predisposition, Labile INR, Elderly, Drugs/alcohol usage) score are all factors that elevate the risk for perioperative bleeding.10,11 Although validated only in patients taking warfarin, the HAS-BLED scoring system can be utilized in patients with AF to estimate annual risk for major bleeding (TABLE 210,11).10
With this risk information in mind, it’s time to move on to the 5 questions you’ll need to ask.
1. Should the patient’s oral anticoagulation be stopped prior to the upcoming procedure?
The answer, of course, hinges on the patient’s risk of bleeding.
Usually, it is not necessary to withhold any doses of oral anticoagulation if your patient is scheduled for a procedure with minimal risk for bleeding (TABLE 33,18-21).3 However, it may be reasonable to stop anticoagulation if your patient has additional features that predispose to high bleeding risk (eg, hemophilia, Von Willebrand disease, etc). The CHEST guidelines recommend adding an oral prohemostatic agent (eg, tranexamic acid) if anticoagulation will be continued during a dental procedure.3
If your patient is undergoing any other procedure that has a low to high risk for bleeding, oral anticoagulation should be withheld prior to the procedure in most instances,3,11 although there are exceptions. For example, cardiac procedures, such as AF catheter ablation and cardiac pacemaker placement, are often performed with uninterrupted oral anticoagulation despite their bleeding risk category.3
When in doubt, discuss the perceived bleeding and clotting risks directly with the specialist performing the procedure. In patients who have had a VTE or ischemic stroke within the past 3 months, consider postponing the invasive procedure until the patient is beyond this period of highest thrombotic risk.11
2. How far in advance of the procedure should the oral anticoagulant be withheld?
Warfarin may need to be stopped anywhere from 2 to 5 days prior to the procedure, depending on a number of variables.
Warfarin has a half-life of approximately 36 hours, so it can take 3 to 5 days for warfarin concentrations to drop to safe levels for procedures with low to moderate bleeding risk and 5 to 7 days for procedures with high bleeding risk.21 The 2012 CHEST guidelines recommend that warfarin therapy be discontinued 5 days prior to surgery to minimize the risk for bleeding.3 The Anticoagulation Forum, a leading expert panel that produced a set of useful anticoagulation guidelines in 2016, recommends stopping warfarin 4 to 5 days prior to a procedure.21 If the provider chooses to withhold warfarin before a procedure with minimal bleeding risk, it should be stopped 2 to 3 days prior.3
Consider checking INR values the week before. A 2017 consensus statement from the ACC recommends that the timing of warfarin discontinuation be based on an INR value taken 5 to 7 days prior to the surgical procedure.11 This allows for a more tailored approach to preparing the patient for surgery. If the INR is below goal range, warfarin may need to be withheld for only 3 to 4 days prior to a procedure. Conversely, INRs above goal range may require warfarin to be held 6 or more days, depending on the degree of INR elevation.
While not always feasible in clinical practice, the CHEST guidelines recommend obtaining an INR value the day prior to the procedure to determine if the INR value is low enough to proceed with surgery, or if a low dose of oral vitamin K needs to be administered to ensure that the INR is in a safe range the following day.3
DOACs
DOACs can be withheld for much shorter durations preoperatively than warfarin.
When withholding anticoagulants, the goal is to have a low amount of anticoagulant effect (12%-25%) present during low-risk procedures and a nominal amount of anticoagulant effect (3%-6%) present for high-risk procedures.20 DOACs have much shorter half-lives than warfarin (7-19 hours vs 36-48 hours, respectively), so they can be withheld for much shorter durations preoperatively.20 For patients undergoing procedures that are considered to have a minimal risk for bleeding (such as minor dental and dermatologic procedures), DOACs do not generally need to be withheld; however, it may be ideal to time the procedure when the DOAC is at a trough concentration (before the next dose is due).3
DOACs generally need to be withheld for only 1 to 3 days prior to major surgical procedures in patients with normal renal function (creatinine clearance [CrCl] >30 mL/min using the Cockcroft-Gault formula).20 The available oral direct factor Xa inhibitors (apixaban, rivaroxaban, and edoxaban) should generally be stopped 24 hours prior to a procedure that has a low bleeding risk, and 48 hours prior to procedures with high bleeding risk (TABLE 411,20).20 These medications may need to be withheld for an additional 1 to 2 days in patients with acute kidney injury or stage IV kidney disease.20
Dabigatran. About 80% of dabigatran is excreted renally, so its elimination is much more dependent on renal function than is that of the oral direct factor Xa inhibitors.20 Therefore, it generally needs to be withheld for at least 1 to 2 days longer than the oral factor Xa inhibitors unless CrCl >80 mL/min (TABLE 411,20).20
3. Is preoperative bridging with parenteral anticoagulation necessary?
In certain instances, patients who have a high thromboembolic risk and are discontinuing warfarin therapy may require bridging therapy with a low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) or unfractionated heparin (UFH). If a patient’s CrCl is <30 mL/min, then UFH is the preferred agent for perioperative bridging.21
But before any decision is made, it’s best to have a good understanding of what the guidelines—and the literature—have to say.
Key studies and guidelines
The 2012 CHEST guidelines recommend providing bridge therapy for any patient at high risk for thromboembolism (>10% annual risk) and consideration of bridge therapy in the setting of moderate clotting risk (5%-10% annual risk), depending on specific patient and procedural risk factors (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3
In 2015, a landmark clinical trial was published that significantly shaped how patients taking warfarin are managed periprocedurally.22 The Bridge (Bridging anticoagulation in patients who require temporary interruption of warfarin therapy for an elective invasive procedure or surgery) trial was the first prospective, randomized controlled trial to assess the efficacy and safety of parenteral bridging in patients with AF taking warfarin and undergoing an elective surgery.
Patients in the trial received either dalteparin at a therapeutic dose of 100 IU/kg or a matching placebo administered subcutaneously bid from 3 days before the procedure until 24 hours before the procedure, and then for 5 to 10 days after the procedure. The incidence of thromboembolic events was not significantly lower in the dalteparin group than in the placebo group (0.3% vs 0.4%, respectively; P=.73), while major bleeding rates were nearly 3-fold higher in the dalteparin group (3.2% vs 1.3%; P=.005). The trial concluded that placebo “was noninferior to perioperative bridging with LMWH for the prevention of arterial thromboembolism and decreased the risk of major bleeding.”22
Patients excluded from the trial included those with a mechanical heart valve, or a recent (within 3 months) embolism, stroke, or TIA, and only 3% of enrolled patients would have been classified as having a high bleeding risk according to CHEST guidelines.3,22
A prospective observational registry study produced similar findings and found that those patients who received bridging had more bleeding events and a higher incidence of myocardial infarction, stroke or systemic embolism, major bleeding, hospitalization, or death within 30 days than those who did not receive bridging.23 Other retrospective cohort studies comparing bridging to no bridging strategies in patients taking warfarin for VTE, mechanical heart valves, or AF have also failed to show a reduction in the incidence of thrombotic events with LMWH bridging.24,25
In 2016, the European Society of Cardiology suggested that “bridging does not seem to be beneficial, except in patients with mechanical heart valves.”26 Similarly, the 2016 Anticoagulation Forum guidelines state that “most patients with VTE can safely interrupt warfarin for invasive procedures without bridge therapy,” and that bridge therapy should be “reserved for those at highest recurrent VTE risk (eg, VTE within the previous month; prior history of recurrent VTE during anticoagulation therapy interruption; undergoing a procedure with high inherent risk for VTE, such as joint replacement surgery or major abdominal cancer resection).”21 They go on to state that even in these high-risk groups, the clinical decision to use bridging therapy needs to carefully weigh the benefits against the potential risks of bleeding.21
Controversy also surrounds the intensity of LMWH bridging. The Anticoagulation Forum guidelines state that the use of prophylactic rather than therapeutic dose LMWH may be considered, while the CHEST guidelines do not make a firm recommendation regarding LMWH dose while bridging.3,21 Ultimately, in patients who receive perioperative bridging with LMWH, the CHEST guidelines recommend that it should be stopped 24 hours prior to the procedure and resumed in accordance with the bleeding risk of the procedure (ie, prophylactic doses may be appropriate within 24 hours postprocedure, while full treatment doses may need to be delayed for 48 to 72 hours if surgical bleeding risk is high).3 UFH bridge therapy may be stopped 4 to 6 hours prior to surgery.3
DOACs. Given the rapid onset and relatively short half-lives of DOACs, use of a parenteral bridging agent is generally not necessary or recommended before or after an invasive procedure in patients taking a DOAC.20
4. When should oral anticoagulation be resumed postoperatively, and at what intensity?
Warfarin can generally be resumed the same day as the procedure (in the evening), assuming there are no active bleeding complications.3,11 Once fully reversed, it generally takes around 5 days for warfarin to become fully therapeutic, so it can be started soon after surgery without increasing the risk for early postoperative bleeding.20
DOACs. Consider the patient’s individual and procedural risks for bleeding when determining when to resume a DOAC postoperatively. That’s because unlike warfarin, which takes several days to take full effect, DOACs provide a nearly immediate anticoagulation effect.20,21 For procedures that have a low bleeding risk, it is recommended to resume therapeutic anticoagulation 24 hours after the procedure has ended.3,11,20 For procedures that have a high risk for bleeding, resumption of therapeutic anticoagulation should be delayed until 48 to 72 hours after the procedure has ended.3,11,20
5. Is postoperative bridging with parenteral anticoagulation necessary?
Warfarin. If a patient was deemed to be at sufficient VTE risk to be bridged preoperatively, then that patient likely also should be bridged postoperatively, particularly if the surgery itself is associated with a heightened thrombotic risk. While warfarin can generally be resumed postoperatively the same day as the procedure, full therapeutic doses of a LMWH should not be initiated sooner than 24 hours postoperatively, and initiation should be delayed for 48 to 72 hours for procedures with the highest bleeding risk (such as neurosurgery).3,11,21 Prophylactic doses of LMWH can generally be resumed as early as 12 hours postoperatively for procedures with high VTE risk (such as major orthopedic surgery).17
DOACs. In patients undergoing a procedure that carries both a high thromboembolic and high bleeding risk (such as major orthopedic surgery), initiation of a full-dose DOAC may need to be delayed for 2 to 3 days; however, more immediate VTE prophylaxis is usually necessary.3,17 Prophylaxis after such procedures can begin 12 hours after the procedure with a low-intensity LMWH, which should be continued until it is deemed safe to resume full-intensity DOAC therapy.3,17,18 If the patient is undergoing major orthopedic surgery, an FDA-approved prophylactic dose of a DOAC could be a temporary alternative to LMWH.27
Ms. P’s upcoming colonoscopy may require a biopsy and would be classified as a procedure with low bleeding risk (per TABLE 3), so warfarin should be withheld prior to her procedure. You could check her INR 5 to 7 days before her colonoscopy to guide how many doses need to be withheld; however, given the patient’s tight INR control over the previous 6 months, you can assume her INR will be in goal range at that check. As a result, you recommend that she avoid an extra INR check and stop taking her warfarin 5 days prior to the colonoscopy.
Ms. P has a CHA2DS2VASc score of 3, which puts her at a relatively low risk for acute ischemic stroke over the next 1 to 2 weeks. Given the results of the BRIDGE trial, you recommend no parenteral bridging agent before or after her procedure. You also recommend that the patient resume her usual dose of warfarin the same day as her procedure (in the evening) unless her gastroenterologist recommends otherwise. You schedule her for a follow-up INR 5 to 7 days after her colonoscopy.
Mr. Q’s total knee arthroplasty (TKA)—a procedure associated with a high risk of bleeding—requires an interruption in his apixaban therapy. Additionally, he is at high risk for recurrent thromboembolism, given his history of recurrent, unprovoked DVTs; however, he is past the highest risk period (VTE within the past 3 months; his last one was 9 months ago). He is otherwise healthy and has normal renal function, so his apixaban should be withheld for a total of 4 doses (48 hours) prior to his procedure. He should resume his full dose of apixaban 48 to 72 hours after his procedure to minimize the risk for bleeding.
However, given that a TKA is a procedure associated with a high rate of postoperative VTE, initiate prophylactic anticoagulation (such as enoxaparin 40 mg subcutaneously daily or apixaban 2.5 mg PO bid) about 12 hours after the procedure and continue it until full-dose apixaban is resumed.
CORRESPONDENCE
Jeremy Vandiver, PharmD, BCPS, University of Wyoming School of Pharmacy, 1000 E. University Ave., Dept. 3375, Laramie, WY 82071; [email protected].
1. Connelly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2009;361:1139-1151.
2. Steinberg BA, Kim S, Piccini JP, et al. Use and associated risks of concomitant aspirin therapy with oral anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation: insights from the Outcomes Registry for Better Informed Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation (ORBIT-AF) Registry. Circulation. 2013;128:721-728.
3. Douketis JD, Spyropoulos AC, Spencer FA, et al. Perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e326S-e350S.
4. Adam SS, McDuffie JR, Ortel TL, et al. Comparative effectiveness of warfarin and newer oral anticoagulants for the long-term prevention and treatment of arterial and venous thromboembolism. Department of Veteran Affairs Evidence-Based Synthesis Project #09-010; 2012. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK97541/. Accessed October 15, 2017.
5. Kearon C, Akl EA, Ornelas J, et al. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: CHEST guideline and Expert Panel Report. Chest. 2016;149:315-352.
6. January CT, Wann LS, Alpert JS, et al. 2014 AHA/ACC/HRS guideline for the management of patients with atrial fibrillation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014;64:2246-2280.
7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Venous thromboembolism in adult hospitalizations — United States, 2007-2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012 June 8;61:401-404. Available at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm6122a1.htm. Accessed October 15, 2017.
8. Anderson FA, Wheeler HB, Goldberg HJ, et al. A population-based perspective of the hospital incidence and case-fatality rates of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism. The Worcester DVT Study. Arch Intern Med. 1991;151:933-938.
9. Vahanian A, Alfieri O, Andreotti F, et al. Guidelines on the management of valvular heart disease (version 2012): The Joint Task Force on the Management of Valvular Heart Disease of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Association for Cardio-Thoracic Surgery (EACTS). Eur Heart J. 2012;33:2451-2496.
10. Garwood CL, Korkis B, Grande D, et al. Anticoagulation bridge therapy in patients with atrial fibrillation: recent updates provide a rebalance of risk and benefit. Pharmacotherapy. 2017;37:712-714.
11. Doherty JU, Gluckman TJ, Hucker WJ, et al. 2017 ACC expert consensus decision pathway for periprocedural management of anticoagulation in patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2017;69:871-898.
12. Douketis J, Tosetto A, Marcucci M, et al. Patient-level meta-analysis: effect of measurement timing, threshold, and patient age on ability of D-dimer testing to assess recurrence risk after unprovoked venous thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med. 2010;153:523-531.
13. Becattini C, Agnelli G, Schenone A, et al. Aspirin for preventing the recurrence of venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:1959-1967.
14. Tosetto A, Testa S, Martinelli I, et al. External validation of the DASH prediction rule: a retrospective cohort study. J Thromb Haemost. 2017;15:1963-1970.
15. Rodger MA, Le Gal G, Anderson DR, et al. Validating the HERDOO2 rule to guide treatment duration for women with unprovoked venous thrombosis: multinational prospective cohort management study. BMJ. 2017;356:j1065.
16. Anderson FA Jr, Spencer FA. Risk factors for venous thromboembolism.
17. Geerts WH, Bergqvist D, Pineo GF, et al. Prevention of venous thromboembolism: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines, 8th ed. Chest. 2008;133:381S-453S.
18. Spyropoulos AC, Douketis JD. How I treat anticoagulated patients undergoing an elective procedure or surgery. Blood. 2012;120:2954-2962.
19. Eisen GM, Baron TH, Dominitz JA, et al. Guideline on the management of anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy for endoscopic procedures. Gastrointest Endosc. 2002;55:775-779.
20. Burnett AE, Mahan CE, Vazquez SR. Guidance for the practical management of the direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) in VTE treatment. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2016;41:206-232.
21. Witt DM, Clark NP, Kaatz S, et al. Guidance for the practical management of warfarin therapy in the treatment of venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2016;41:187-205.
22. Douketis JD, Spyropoulos AC, Kaatz S, et al. Perioperative bridging anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2015;373:823-833.
23. Steinberg BA, Peterson ED, Kim S, et al. Use and outcomes associated with bridging during anticoagulation interruptions in patients with atrial fibrillation: findings from the Outcomes Registry for Better Informed Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation (ORBIT-AF). Circulation. 2015;131: 488-494.
24. Clark NP, Witt DM, Davies LE, et al. Bleeding, recurrent venous thromboembolism, and mortality risks during warfarin interruption for invasive procedures. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175;1163-1168.
25. Sjögren V, Grzymala-Lubanski B, Renlund H, et al. Safety and efficacy of bridging with low-molecular-weight heparin during temporary interruptions of warfarin: a register-based cohort study. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost. 2017;23:961-966.
26. Kirchhof P, Benussi S, Kotecha D, et al. 2016 ESC Guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation developed in collaboration with EACTS. Eur Heart J. 2016;37:2893-2962.
27. Falck-Ytter Y, Francis CW, Johanson NA, et al. Prevention of VTE in orthopedic surgery patients: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e278S-e325S.
Debra P is a 62-year-old African American woman who calls your office to report that she has an upcoming routine colonoscopy planned in 2 weeks. She has been taking warfarin for the past 2 years for ischemic stroke prevention secondary to atrial fibrillation (AF), and her gastroenterologist recommended that she contact her family physician (FP) to discuss periprocedural anticoagulation plans. Ms. P is currently taking warfarin 5 mg on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, and 2.5 mg all other days of the week. Her international normalized ratio (INR) was 2.3 when it was last checked 2 weeks ago, and it has been stable and within goal range for the past 6 months. Her medical history includes AF, well-controlled hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus, as well as gout and stage 3 chronic kidney disease. Ms. P denies any history of stroke or transient ischemic attack (TIA). She is requesting instructions on how to manage her warfarin before and after her upcoming colonoscopy.
Jerry Q is a 68-year-old Caucasian man with longstanding osteoarthritis who is scheduled to undergo a total left knee arthroplasty in one week. His orthopedic surgeon recommended that he contact his FP for instructions regarding managing apixaban perioperatively. Jerry has been taking apixaban 5 mg bid for the past 9 months due to a history of recurrent deep vein thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary embolism (PE) (both unprovoked). Mr. Q had been taking warfarin following his first DVT 4 years ago, but, after reporting that INR monitoring was a burden, he was started on apixaban. The patient has normal renal function and is relatively healthy otherwise. How should apixaban be managed before and after his upcoming surgery?
Each year, approximately 15% to 20% of patients taking an oral anticoagulant undergo a procedure that carries a heightened risk for bleeding.1,2 Stopping oral anticoagulation is often necessary before—and sometimes briefly after—many of these procedures in order to minimize the risk of bleeding.3 This means that countless decisions must be made by health care providers each year regarding if, when, and how to pause and resume oral anticoagulation. These decisions are not always straightforward, especially when you consider the risks for thrombosis and bleeding that are unique to the procedure and to the individual patient.
With these variables in mind, the health care provider must make decisions regarding anticoagulation during the periprocedural period based on the following 5 questions:
- Will this patient need to have his/her oral anticoagulant stopped prior to the procedure?
- If the patient’s oral anticoagulation needs to be held, when should it be stopped and for how long?
- Will periprocedural bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant be necessary prior to the procedure?
- When should the patient resume his or her oral anticoagulant after the procedure, and at what dosage?
- Will bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant be necessary after the procedure?
Before addressing these 5 questions, though, physicians must assess patients’ thrombotic and bleeding risks.4-6
Anticoagulant regimens and the risks of discontinuing them
The 2 most common indications for long-term oral anticoagulation are venous thromboembolism (VTE), which occurs in approximately one million Americans every year,7,8 and stroke prevention in the setting of AF (AF occurs in 3-6 million US adults per year).6
Warfarin is also often used in patients with mechanical heart valves for long-term stroke prevention; however, direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) are not recommended for patients with mechanical heart valves because trials have not yet demonstrated their safety or efficacy in this population.4,5,9
Who’s at highest risk for an acute thromboembolic event?
When planning for interruptions in oral anticoagulation, it is important to identify patients at highest risk for an acute thromboembolic event. Patients with 10% or higher annual risk for VTE or ischemic stroke are generally placed into this high-risk category (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3 Keep in mind that the absolute risk for thromboembolism during a brief period of oral coagulation interruption is relatively low, even in those patients considered to be at high risk. Using a mathematical approach (although simplistic), a patient with a 10% annual risk for a thromboembolic event would have <0.3% chance for developing such an event in the acute phase, even if their anticoagulation was withheld for up to 10 days ([10%/365 days] × 10 days).
Patients with mechanical heart valves. Nearly all patients with a mechanical heart valve are at moderate to high risk for ischemic stroke.3
For patients with AF, the CHADS2 and CHA2DS2-VASc scoring tools can be used to estimate annual thrombosis risk based on the presence of risk factors (TABLE 210,11).6,9-11 It should be noted, however, that these scoring tools have not been validated specifically for periprocedural risk estimations. Nonetheless, the latest 2017 American College of Cardiology (ACC) guidelines recommend the use of the CHA2DS2-VASc scoring tool for making decisions regarding perioperative bridging in patients with AF.11
Patients with previous VTE. Multiple aspects of a patient’s past medical history need to be taken into account when estimating annual and acute risk for VTE. Patients at the highest risk for VTE recurrence (annual VTE risk ≥10%) include those with recent VTE (past 90 days), active malignancy, and/or severe thrombophilias (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3,5,6 Patients without any of these features can still be at moderate risk for recurrent VTE, as a single VTE without a clear provoking factor can confer a 5% to 10% annualized risk for recurrence.12,13 Previous proximal DVT and PE are associated with a higher risk for recurrence than a distal DVT, and males have a higher recurrence risk than females.5,12 There are scoring tools, such as DASH (D-dimer, Age, Sex, Hormones) and the “Men Continue and HERDOO2,” that can help estimate annualized risk for VTE recurrence; however, they are not validated (nor particularly useful) when making decisions in the perioperative period.14,15
Additional risk factors. Consider additional risk factors for thromboembolism, including estrogen/hormone replacement therapy, pregnancy, leg or hip fractures, immobility, trauma, spinal cord injury, central venous lines, congestive heart failure, thrombophilia, increased age, obesity, and varicose veins.5,16
In addition, some surgeries have a higher inherent risk for thrombosis. Major orthopedic surgery (knee and hip arthroplasty, hip fracture surgery) and surgeries for major trauma or spinal cord injuries are associated with an exceedingly high rate of VTE.17 Similarly, coronary artery bypass surgery, heart valve replacement, and carotid endarterectomies carry the highest risk for acute ischemic stroke.3
Who’s at highest risk for bleeding?
Establishing the bleeding risk associated with a procedure is imperative prior to urgent and elective surgeries to help determine when anticoagulation therapy should be discontinued and reinitiated, as well as whether bridging therapy is appropriate. The 2012 CHEST guidelines state that bleeding risk should be assessed based on timing of anticoagulation relative to surgery and whether the anticoagulation is being used as prophylaxis for, or treatment of, thromboembolism.3 Categorizing procedures as having a minimal, low, or high risk for bleeding can be helpful in making anticoagulation decisions (TABLE 3).3,18-21
In addition to the bleeding risk associated with procedures, patient-specific factors need to be considered. A bleeding event within the past 3 months, platelet abnormalities, a supratherapeutic INR at the time of surgery, a history of bleeding from previous bridging, a bleed history with a similar procedure, and a high HAS-BLED (Hypertension, Abnormal renal or liver function, Stroke, Bleeding history or predisposition, Labile INR, Elderly, Drugs/alcohol usage) score are all factors that elevate the risk for perioperative bleeding.10,11 Although validated only in patients taking warfarin, the HAS-BLED scoring system can be utilized in patients with AF to estimate annual risk for major bleeding (TABLE 210,11).10
With this risk information in mind, it’s time to move on to the 5 questions you’ll need to ask.
1. Should the patient’s oral anticoagulation be stopped prior to the upcoming procedure?
The answer, of course, hinges on the patient’s risk of bleeding.
Usually, it is not necessary to withhold any doses of oral anticoagulation if your patient is scheduled for a procedure with minimal risk for bleeding (TABLE 33,18-21).3 However, it may be reasonable to stop anticoagulation if your patient has additional features that predispose to high bleeding risk (eg, hemophilia, Von Willebrand disease, etc). The CHEST guidelines recommend adding an oral prohemostatic agent (eg, tranexamic acid) if anticoagulation will be continued during a dental procedure.3
If your patient is undergoing any other procedure that has a low to high risk for bleeding, oral anticoagulation should be withheld prior to the procedure in most instances,3,11 although there are exceptions. For example, cardiac procedures, such as AF catheter ablation and cardiac pacemaker placement, are often performed with uninterrupted oral anticoagulation despite their bleeding risk category.3
When in doubt, discuss the perceived bleeding and clotting risks directly with the specialist performing the procedure. In patients who have had a VTE or ischemic stroke within the past 3 months, consider postponing the invasive procedure until the patient is beyond this period of highest thrombotic risk.11
2. How far in advance of the procedure should the oral anticoagulant be withheld?
Warfarin may need to be stopped anywhere from 2 to 5 days prior to the procedure, depending on a number of variables.
Warfarin has a half-life of approximately 36 hours, so it can take 3 to 5 days for warfarin concentrations to drop to safe levels for procedures with low to moderate bleeding risk and 5 to 7 days for procedures with high bleeding risk.21 The 2012 CHEST guidelines recommend that warfarin therapy be discontinued 5 days prior to surgery to minimize the risk for bleeding.3 The Anticoagulation Forum, a leading expert panel that produced a set of useful anticoagulation guidelines in 2016, recommends stopping warfarin 4 to 5 days prior to a procedure.21 If the provider chooses to withhold warfarin before a procedure with minimal bleeding risk, it should be stopped 2 to 3 days prior.3
Consider checking INR values the week before. A 2017 consensus statement from the ACC recommends that the timing of warfarin discontinuation be based on an INR value taken 5 to 7 days prior to the surgical procedure.11 This allows for a more tailored approach to preparing the patient for surgery. If the INR is below goal range, warfarin may need to be withheld for only 3 to 4 days prior to a procedure. Conversely, INRs above goal range may require warfarin to be held 6 or more days, depending on the degree of INR elevation.
While not always feasible in clinical practice, the CHEST guidelines recommend obtaining an INR value the day prior to the procedure to determine if the INR value is low enough to proceed with surgery, or if a low dose of oral vitamin K needs to be administered to ensure that the INR is in a safe range the following day.3
DOACs
DOACs can be withheld for much shorter durations preoperatively than warfarin.
When withholding anticoagulants, the goal is to have a low amount of anticoagulant effect (12%-25%) present during low-risk procedures and a nominal amount of anticoagulant effect (3%-6%) present for high-risk procedures.20 DOACs have much shorter half-lives than warfarin (7-19 hours vs 36-48 hours, respectively), so they can be withheld for much shorter durations preoperatively.20 For patients undergoing procedures that are considered to have a minimal risk for bleeding (such as minor dental and dermatologic procedures), DOACs do not generally need to be withheld; however, it may be ideal to time the procedure when the DOAC is at a trough concentration (before the next dose is due).3
DOACs generally need to be withheld for only 1 to 3 days prior to major surgical procedures in patients with normal renal function (creatinine clearance [CrCl] >30 mL/min using the Cockcroft-Gault formula).20 The available oral direct factor Xa inhibitors (apixaban, rivaroxaban, and edoxaban) should generally be stopped 24 hours prior to a procedure that has a low bleeding risk, and 48 hours prior to procedures with high bleeding risk (TABLE 411,20).20 These medications may need to be withheld for an additional 1 to 2 days in patients with acute kidney injury or stage IV kidney disease.20
Dabigatran. About 80% of dabigatran is excreted renally, so its elimination is much more dependent on renal function than is that of the oral direct factor Xa inhibitors.20 Therefore, it generally needs to be withheld for at least 1 to 2 days longer than the oral factor Xa inhibitors unless CrCl >80 mL/min (TABLE 411,20).20
3. Is preoperative bridging with parenteral anticoagulation necessary?
In certain instances, patients who have a high thromboembolic risk and are discontinuing warfarin therapy may require bridging therapy with a low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) or unfractionated heparin (UFH). If a patient’s CrCl is <30 mL/min, then UFH is the preferred agent for perioperative bridging.21
But before any decision is made, it’s best to have a good understanding of what the guidelines—and the literature—have to say.
Key studies and guidelines
The 2012 CHEST guidelines recommend providing bridge therapy for any patient at high risk for thromboembolism (>10% annual risk) and consideration of bridge therapy in the setting of moderate clotting risk (5%-10% annual risk), depending on specific patient and procedural risk factors (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3
In 2015, a landmark clinical trial was published that significantly shaped how patients taking warfarin are managed periprocedurally.22 The Bridge (Bridging anticoagulation in patients who require temporary interruption of warfarin therapy for an elective invasive procedure or surgery) trial was the first prospective, randomized controlled trial to assess the efficacy and safety of parenteral bridging in patients with AF taking warfarin and undergoing an elective surgery.
Patients in the trial received either dalteparin at a therapeutic dose of 100 IU/kg or a matching placebo administered subcutaneously bid from 3 days before the procedure until 24 hours before the procedure, and then for 5 to 10 days after the procedure. The incidence of thromboembolic events was not significantly lower in the dalteparin group than in the placebo group (0.3% vs 0.4%, respectively; P=.73), while major bleeding rates were nearly 3-fold higher in the dalteparin group (3.2% vs 1.3%; P=.005). The trial concluded that placebo “was noninferior to perioperative bridging with LMWH for the prevention of arterial thromboembolism and decreased the risk of major bleeding.”22
Patients excluded from the trial included those with a mechanical heart valve, or a recent (within 3 months) embolism, stroke, or TIA, and only 3% of enrolled patients would have been classified as having a high bleeding risk according to CHEST guidelines.3,22
A prospective observational registry study produced similar findings and found that those patients who received bridging had more bleeding events and a higher incidence of myocardial infarction, stroke or systemic embolism, major bleeding, hospitalization, or death within 30 days than those who did not receive bridging.23 Other retrospective cohort studies comparing bridging to no bridging strategies in patients taking warfarin for VTE, mechanical heart valves, or AF have also failed to show a reduction in the incidence of thrombotic events with LMWH bridging.24,25
In 2016, the European Society of Cardiology suggested that “bridging does not seem to be beneficial, except in patients with mechanical heart valves.”26 Similarly, the 2016 Anticoagulation Forum guidelines state that “most patients with VTE can safely interrupt warfarin for invasive procedures without bridge therapy,” and that bridge therapy should be “reserved for those at highest recurrent VTE risk (eg, VTE within the previous month; prior history of recurrent VTE during anticoagulation therapy interruption; undergoing a procedure with high inherent risk for VTE, such as joint replacement surgery or major abdominal cancer resection).”21 They go on to state that even in these high-risk groups, the clinical decision to use bridging therapy needs to carefully weigh the benefits against the potential risks of bleeding.21
Controversy also surrounds the intensity of LMWH bridging. The Anticoagulation Forum guidelines state that the use of prophylactic rather than therapeutic dose LMWH may be considered, while the CHEST guidelines do not make a firm recommendation regarding LMWH dose while bridging.3,21 Ultimately, in patients who receive perioperative bridging with LMWH, the CHEST guidelines recommend that it should be stopped 24 hours prior to the procedure and resumed in accordance with the bleeding risk of the procedure (ie, prophylactic doses may be appropriate within 24 hours postprocedure, while full treatment doses may need to be delayed for 48 to 72 hours if surgical bleeding risk is high).3 UFH bridge therapy may be stopped 4 to 6 hours prior to surgery.3
DOACs. Given the rapid onset and relatively short half-lives of DOACs, use of a parenteral bridging agent is generally not necessary or recommended before or after an invasive procedure in patients taking a DOAC.20
4. When should oral anticoagulation be resumed postoperatively, and at what intensity?
Warfarin can generally be resumed the same day as the procedure (in the evening), assuming there are no active bleeding complications.3,11 Once fully reversed, it generally takes around 5 days for warfarin to become fully therapeutic, so it can be started soon after surgery without increasing the risk for early postoperative bleeding.20
DOACs. Consider the patient’s individual and procedural risks for bleeding when determining when to resume a DOAC postoperatively. That’s because unlike warfarin, which takes several days to take full effect, DOACs provide a nearly immediate anticoagulation effect.20,21 For procedures that have a low bleeding risk, it is recommended to resume therapeutic anticoagulation 24 hours after the procedure has ended.3,11,20 For procedures that have a high risk for bleeding, resumption of therapeutic anticoagulation should be delayed until 48 to 72 hours after the procedure has ended.3,11,20
5. Is postoperative bridging with parenteral anticoagulation necessary?
Warfarin. If a patient was deemed to be at sufficient VTE risk to be bridged preoperatively, then that patient likely also should be bridged postoperatively, particularly if the surgery itself is associated with a heightened thrombotic risk. While warfarin can generally be resumed postoperatively the same day as the procedure, full therapeutic doses of a LMWH should not be initiated sooner than 24 hours postoperatively, and initiation should be delayed for 48 to 72 hours for procedures with the highest bleeding risk (such as neurosurgery).3,11,21 Prophylactic doses of LMWH can generally be resumed as early as 12 hours postoperatively for procedures with high VTE risk (such as major orthopedic surgery).17
DOACs. In patients undergoing a procedure that carries both a high thromboembolic and high bleeding risk (such as major orthopedic surgery), initiation of a full-dose DOAC may need to be delayed for 2 to 3 days; however, more immediate VTE prophylaxis is usually necessary.3,17 Prophylaxis after such procedures can begin 12 hours after the procedure with a low-intensity LMWH, which should be continued until it is deemed safe to resume full-intensity DOAC therapy.3,17,18 If the patient is undergoing major orthopedic surgery, an FDA-approved prophylactic dose of a DOAC could be a temporary alternative to LMWH.27
Ms. P’s upcoming colonoscopy may require a biopsy and would be classified as a procedure with low bleeding risk (per TABLE 3), so warfarin should be withheld prior to her procedure. You could check her INR 5 to 7 days before her colonoscopy to guide how many doses need to be withheld; however, given the patient’s tight INR control over the previous 6 months, you can assume her INR will be in goal range at that check. As a result, you recommend that she avoid an extra INR check and stop taking her warfarin 5 days prior to the colonoscopy.
Ms. P has a CHA2DS2VASc score of 3, which puts her at a relatively low risk for acute ischemic stroke over the next 1 to 2 weeks. Given the results of the BRIDGE trial, you recommend no parenteral bridging agent before or after her procedure. You also recommend that the patient resume her usual dose of warfarin the same day as her procedure (in the evening) unless her gastroenterologist recommends otherwise. You schedule her for a follow-up INR 5 to 7 days after her colonoscopy.
Mr. Q’s total knee arthroplasty (TKA)—a procedure associated with a high risk of bleeding—requires an interruption in his apixaban therapy. Additionally, he is at high risk for recurrent thromboembolism, given his history of recurrent, unprovoked DVTs; however, he is past the highest risk period (VTE within the past 3 months; his last one was 9 months ago). He is otherwise healthy and has normal renal function, so his apixaban should be withheld for a total of 4 doses (48 hours) prior to his procedure. He should resume his full dose of apixaban 48 to 72 hours after his procedure to minimize the risk for bleeding.
However, given that a TKA is a procedure associated with a high rate of postoperative VTE, initiate prophylactic anticoagulation (such as enoxaparin 40 mg subcutaneously daily or apixaban 2.5 mg PO bid) about 12 hours after the procedure and continue it until full-dose apixaban is resumed.
CORRESPONDENCE
Jeremy Vandiver, PharmD, BCPS, University of Wyoming School of Pharmacy, 1000 E. University Ave., Dept. 3375, Laramie, WY 82071; [email protected].
Debra P is a 62-year-old African American woman who calls your office to report that she has an upcoming routine colonoscopy planned in 2 weeks. She has been taking warfarin for the past 2 years for ischemic stroke prevention secondary to atrial fibrillation (AF), and her gastroenterologist recommended that she contact her family physician (FP) to discuss periprocedural anticoagulation plans. Ms. P is currently taking warfarin 5 mg on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, and 2.5 mg all other days of the week. Her international normalized ratio (INR) was 2.3 when it was last checked 2 weeks ago, and it has been stable and within goal range for the past 6 months. Her medical history includes AF, well-controlled hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus, as well as gout and stage 3 chronic kidney disease. Ms. P denies any history of stroke or transient ischemic attack (TIA). She is requesting instructions on how to manage her warfarin before and after her upcoming colonoscopy.
Jerry Q is a 68-year-old Caucasian man with longstanding osteoarthritis who is scheduled to undergo a total left knee arthroplasty in one week. His orthopedic surgeon recommended that he contact his FP for instructions regarding managing apixaban perioperatively. Jerry has been taking apixaban 5 mg bid for the past 9 months due to a history of recurrent deep vein thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary embolism (PE) (both unprovoked). Mr. Q had been taking warfarin following his first DVT 4 years ago, but, after reporting that INR monitoring was a burden, he was started on apixaban. The patient has normal renal function and is relatively healthy otherwise. How should apixaban be managed before and after his upcoming surgery?
Each year, approximately 15% to 20% of patients taking an oral anticoagulant undergo a procedure that carries a heightened risk for bleeding.1,2 Stopping oral anticoagulation is often necessary before—and sometimes briefly after—many of these procedures in order to minimize the risk of bleeding.3 This means that countless decisions must be made by health care providers each year regarding if, when, and how to pause and resume oral anticoagulation. These decisions are not always straightforward, especially when you consider the risks for thrombosis and bleeding that are unique to the procedure and to the individual patient.
With these variables in mind, the health care provider must make decisions regarding anticoagulation during the periprocedural period based on the following 5 questions:
- Will this patient need to have his/her oral anticoagulant stopped prior to the procedure?
- If the patient’s oral anticoagulation needs to be held, when should it be stopped and for how long?
- Will periprocedural bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant be necessary prior to the procedure?
- When should the patient resume his or her oral anticoagulant after the procedure, and at what dosage?
- Will bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant be necessary after the procedure?
Before addressing these 5 questions, though, physicians must assess patients’ thrombotic and bleeding risks.4-6
Anticoagulant regimens and the risks of discontinuing them
The 2 most common indications for long-term oral anticoagulation are venous thromboembolism (VTE), which occurs in approximately one million Americans every year,7,8 and stroke prevention in the setting of AF (AF occurs in 3-6 million US adults per year).6
Warfarin is also often used in patients with mechanical heart valves for long-term stroke prevention; however, direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) are not recommended for patients with mechanical heart valves because trials have not yet demonstrated their safety or efficacy in this population.4,5,9
Who’s at highest risk for an acute thromboembolic event?
When planning for interruptions in oral anticoagulation, it is important to identify patients at highest risk for an acute thromboembolic event. Patients with 10% or higher annual risk for VTE or ischemic stroke are generally placed into this high-risk category (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3 Keep in mind that the absolute risk for thromboembolism during a brief period of oral coagulation interruption is relatively low, even in those patients considered to be at high risk. Using a mathematical approach (although simplistic), a patient with a 10% annual risk for a thromboembolic event would have <0.3% chance for developing such an event in the acute phase, even if their anticoagulation was withheld for up to 10 days ([10%/365 days] × 10 days).
Patients with mechanical heart valves. Nearly all patients with a mechanical heart valve are at moderate to high risk for ischemic stroke.3
For patients with AF, the CHADS2 and CHA2DS2-VASc scoring tools can be used to estimate annual thrombosis risk based on the presence of risk factors (TABLE 210,11).6,9-11 It should be noted, however, that these scoring tools have not been validated specifically for periprocedural risk estimations. Nonetheless, the latest 2017 American College of Cardiology (ACC) guidelines recommend the use of the CHA2DS2-VASc scoring tool for making decisions regarding perioperative bridging in patients with AF.11
Patients with previous VTE. Multiple aspects of a patient’s past medical history need to be taken into account when estimating annual and acute risk for VTE. Patients at the highest risk for VTE recurrence (annual VTE risk ≥10%) include those with recent VTE (past 90 days), active malignancy, and/or severe thrombophilias (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3,5,6 Patients without any of these features can still be at moderate risk for recurrent VTE, as a single VTE without a clear provoking factor can confer a 5% to 10% annualized risk for recurrence.12,13 Previous proximal DVT and PE are associated with a higher risk for recurrence than a distal DVT, and males have a higher recurrence risk than females.5,12 There are scoring tools, such as DASH (D-dimer, Age, Sex, Hormones) and the “Men Continue and HERDOO2,” that can help estimate annualized risk for VTE recurrence; however, they are not validated (nor particularly useful) when making decisions in the perioperative period.14,15
Additional risk factors. Consider additional risk factors for thromboembolism, including estrogen/hormone replacement therapy, pregnancy, leg or hip fractures, immobility, trauma, spinal cord injury, central venous lines, congestive heart failure, thrombophilia, increased age, obesity, and varicose veins.5,16
In addition, some surgeries have a higher inherent risk for thrombosis. Major orthopedic surgery (knee and hip arthroplasty, hip fracture surgery) and surgeries for major trauma or spinal cord injuries are associated with an exceedingly high rate of VTE.17 Similarly, coronary artery bypass surgery, heart valve replacement, and carotid endarterectomies carry the highest risk for acute ischemic stroke.3
Who’s at highest risk for bleeding?
Establishing the bleeding risk associated with a procedure is imperative prior to urgent and elective surgeries to help determine when anticoagulation therapy should be discontinued and reinitiated, as well as whether bridging therapy is appropriate. The 2012 CHEST guidelines state that bleeding risk should be assessed based on timing of anticoagulation relative to surgery and whether the anticoagulation is being used as prophylaxis for, or treatment of, thromboembolism.3 Categorizing procedures as having a minimal, low, or high risk for bleeding can be helpful in making anticoagulation decisions (TABLE 3).3,18-21
In addition to the bleeding risk associated with procedures, patient-specific factors need to be considered. A bleeding event within the past 3 months, platelet abnormalities, a supratherapeutic INR at the time of surgery, a history of bleeding from previous bridging, a bleed history with a similar procedure, and a high HAS-BLED (Hypertension, Abnormal renal or liver function, Stroke, Bleeding history or predisposition, Labile INR, Elderly, Drugs/alcohol usage) score are all factors that elevate the risk for perioperative bleeding.10,11 Although validated only in patients taking warfarin, the HAS-BLED scoring system can be utilized in patients with AF to estimate annual risk for major bleeding (TABLE 210,11).10
With this risk information in mind, it’s time to move on to the 5 questions you’ll need to ask.
1. Should the patient’s oral anticoagulation be stopped prior to the upcoming procedure?
The answer, of course, hinges on the patient’s risk of bleeding.
Usually, it is not necessary to withhold any doses of oral anticoagulation if your patient is scheduled for a procedure with minimal risk for bleeding (TABLE 33,18-21).3 However, it may be reasonable to stop anticoagulation if your patient has additional features that predispose to high bleeding risk (eg, hemophilia, Von Willebrand disease, etc). The CHEST guidelines recommend adding an oral prohemostatic agent (eg, tranexamic acid) if anticoagulation will be continued during a dental procedure.3
If your patient is undergoing any other procedure that has a low to high risk for bleeding, oral anticoagulation should be withheld prior to the procedure in most instances,3,11 although there are exceptions. For example, cardiac procedures, such as AF catheter ablation and cardiac pacemaker placement, are often performed with uninterrupted oral anticoagulation despite their bleeding risk category.3
When in doubt, discuss the perceived bleeding and clotting risks directly with the specialist performing the procedure. In patients who have had a VTE or ischemic stroke within the past 3 months, consider postponing the invasive procedure until the patient is beyond this period of highest thrombotic risk.11
2. How far in advance of the procedure should the oral anticoagulant be withheld?
Warfarin may need to be stopped anywhere from 2 to 5 days prior to the procedure, depending on a number of variables.
Warfarin has a half-life of approximately 36 hours, so it can take 3 to 5 days for warfarin concentrations to drop to safe levels for procedures with low to moderate bleeding risk and 5 to 7 days for procedures with high bleeding risk.21 The 2012 CHEST guidelines recommend that warfarin therapy be discontinued 5 days prior to surgery to minimize the risk for bleeding.3 The Anticoagulation Forum, a leading expert panel that produced a set of useful anticoagulation guidelines in 2016, recommends stopping warfarin 4 to 5 days prior to a procedure.21 If the provider chooses to withhold warfarin before a procedure with minimal bleeding risk, it should be stopped 2 to 3 days prior.3
Consider checking INR values the week before. A 2017 consensus statement from the ACC recommends that the timing of warfarin discontinuation be based on an INR value taken 5 to 7 days prior to the surgical procedure.11 This allows for a more tailored approach to preparing the patient for surgery. If the INR is below goal range, warfarin may need to be withheld for only 3 to 4 days prior to a procedure. Conversely, INRs above goal range may require warfarin to be held 6 or more days, depending on the degree of INR elevation.
While not always feasible in clinical practice, the CHEST guidelines recommend obtaining an INR value the day prior to the procedure to determine if the INR value is low enough to proceed with surgery, or if a low dose of oral vitamin K needs to be administered to ensure that the INR is in a safe range the following day.3
DOACs
DOACs can be withheld for much shorter durations preoperatively than warfarin.
When withholding anticoagulants, the goal is to have a low amount of anticoagulant effect (12%-25%) present during low-risk procedures and a nominal amount of anticoagulant effect (3%-6%) present for high-risk procedures.20 DOACs have much shorter half-lives than warfarin (7-19 hours vs 36-48 hours, respectively), so they can be withheld for much shorter durations preoperatively.20 For patients undergoing procedures that are considered to have a minimal risk for bleeding (such as minor dental and dermatologic procedures), DOACs do not generally need to be withheld; however, it may be ideal to time the procedure when the DOAC is at a trough concentration (before the next dose is due).3
DOACs generally need to be withheld for only 1 to 3 days prior to major surgical procedures in patients with normal renal function (creatinine clearance [CrCl] >30 mL/min using the Cockcroft-Gault formula).20 The available oral direct factor Xa inhibitors (apixaban, rivaroxaban, and edoxaban) should generally be stopped 24 hours prior to a procedure that has a low bleeding risk, and 48 hours prior to procedures with high bleeding risk (TABLE 411,20).20 These medications may need to be withheld for an additional 1 to 2 days in patients with acute kidney injury or stage IV kidney disease.20
Dabigatran. About 80% of dabigatran is excreted renally, so its elimination is much more dependent on renal function than is that of the oral direct factor Xa inhibitors.20 Therefore, it generally needs to be withheld for at least 1 to 2 days longer than the oral factor Xa inhibitors unless CrCl >80 mL/min (TABLE 411,20).20
3. Is preoperative bridging with parenteral anticoagulation necessary?
In certain instances, patients who have a high thromboembolic risk and are discontinuing warfarin therapy may require bridging therapy with a low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) or unfractionated heparin (UFH). If a patient’s CrCl is <30 mL/min, then UFH is the preferred agent for perioperative bridging.21
But before any decision is made, it’s best to have a good understanding of what the guidelines—and the literature—have to say.
Key studies and guidelines
The 2012 CHEST guidelines recommend providing bridge therapy for any patient at high risk for thromboembolism (>10% annual risk) and consideration of bridge therapy in the setting of moderate clotting risk (5%-10% annual risk), depending on specific patient and procedural risk factors (TABLE 13,5,6,9-11).3
In 2015, a landmark clinical trial was published that significantly shaped how patients taking warfarin are managed periprocedurally.22 The Bridge (Bridging anticoagulation in patients who require temporary interruption of warfarin therapy for an elective invasive procedure or surgery) trial was the first prospective, randomized controlled trial to assess the efficacy and safety of parenteral bridging in patients with AF taking warfarin and undergoing an elective surgery.
Patients in the trial received either dalteparin at a therapeutic dose of 100 IU/kg or a matching placebo administered subcutaneously bid from 3 days before the procedure until 24 hours before the procedure, and then for 5 to 10 days after the procedure. The incidence of thromboembolic events was not significantly lower in the dalteparin group than in the placebo group (0.3% vs 0.4%, respectively; P=.73), while major bleeding rates were nearly 3-fold higher in the dalteparin group (3.2% vs 1.3%; P=.005). The trial concluded that placebo “was noninferior to perioperative bridging with LMWH for the prevention of arterial thromboembolism and decreased the risk of major bleeding.”22
Patients excluded from the trial included those with a mechanical heart valve, or a recent (within 3 months) embolism, stroke, or TIA, and only 3% of enrolled patients would have been classified as having a high bleeding risk according to CHEST guidelines.3,22
A prospective observational registry study produced similar findings and found that those patients who received bridging had more bleeding events and a higher incidence of myocardial infarction, stroke or systemic embolism, major bleeding, hospitalization, or death within 30 days than those who did not receive bridging.23 Other retrospective cohort studies comparing bridging to no bridging strategies in patients taking warfarin for VTE, mechanical heart valves, or AF have also failed to show a reduction in the incidence of thrombotic events with LMWH bridging.24,25
In 2016, the European Society of Cardiology suggested that “bridging does not seem to be beneficial, except in patients with mechanical heart valves.”26 Similarly, the 2016 Anticoagulation Forum guidelines state that “most patients with VTE can safely interrupt warfarin for invasive procedures without bridge therapy,” and that bridge therapy should be “reserved for those at highest recurrent VTE risk (eg, VTE within the previous month; prior history of recurrent VTE during anticoagulation therapy interruption; undergoing a procedure with high inherent risk for VTE, such as joint replacement surgery or major abdominal cancer resection).”21 They go on to state that even in these high-risk groups, the clinical decision to use bridging therapy needs to carefully weigh the benefits against the potential risks of bleeding.21
Controversy also surrounds the intensity of LMWH bridging. The Anticoagulation Forum guidelines state that the use of prophylactic rather than therapeutic dose LMWH may be considered, while the CHEST guidelines do not make a firm recommendation regarding LMWH dose while bridging.3,21 Ultimately, in patients who receive perioperative bridging with LMWH, the CHEST guidelines recommend that it should be stopped 24 hours prior to the procedure and resumed in accordance with the bleeding risk of the procedure (ie, prophylactic doses may be appropriate within 24 hours postprocedure, while full treatment doses may need to be delayed for 48 to 72 hours if surgical bleeding risk is high).3 UFH bridge therapy may be stopped 4 to 6 hours prior to surgery.3
DOACs. Given the rapid onset and relatively short half-lives of DOACs, use of a parenteral bridging agent is generally not necessary or recommended before or after an invasive procedure in patients taking a DOAC.20
4. When should oral anticoagulation be resumed postoperatively, and at what intensity?
Warfarin can generally be resumed the same day as the procedure (in the evening), assuming there are no active bleeding complications.3,11 Once fully reversed, it generally takes around 5 days for warfarin to become fully therapeutic, so it can be started soon after surgery without increasing the risk for early postoperative bleeding.20
DOACs. Consider the patient’s individual and procedural risks for bleeding when determining when to resume a DOAC postoperatively. That’s because unlike warfarin, which takes several days to take full effect, DOACs provide a nearly immediate anticoagulation effect.20,21 For procedures that have a low bleeding risk, it is recommended to resume therapeutic anticoagulation 24 hours after the procedure has ended.3,11,20 For procedures that have a high risk for bleeding, resumption of therapeutic anticoagulation should be delayed until 48 to 72 hours after the procedure has ended.3,11,20
5. Is postoperative bridging with parenteral anticoagulation necessary?
Warfarin. If a patient was deemed to be at sufficient VTE risk to be bridged preoperatively, then that patient likely also should be bridged postoperatively, particularly if the surgery itself is associated with a heightened thrombotic risk. While warfarin can generally be resumed postoperatively the same day as the procedure, full therapeutic doses of a LMWH should not be initiated sooner than 24 hours postoperatively, and initiation should be delayed for 48 to 72 hours for procedures with the highest bleeding risk (such as neurosurgery).3,11,21 Prophylactic doses of LMWH can generally be resumed as early as 12 hours postoperatively for procedures with high VTE risk (such as major orthopedic surgery).17
DOACs. In patients undergoing a procedure that carries both a high thromboembolic and high bleeding risk (such as major orthopedic surgery), initiation of a full-dose DOAC may need to be delayed for 2 to 3 days; however, more immediate VTE prophylaxis is usually necessary.3,17 Prophylaxis after such procedures can begin 12 hours after the procedure with a low-intensity LMWH, which should be continued until it is deemed safe to resume full-intensity DOAC therapy.3,17,18 If the patient is undergoing major orthopedic surgery, an FDA-approved prophylactic dose of a DOAC could be a temporary alternative to LMWH.27
Ms. P’s upcoming colonoscopy may require a biopsy and would be classified as a procedure with low bleeding risk (per TABLE 3), so warfarin should be withheld prior to her procedure. You could check her INR 5 to 7 days before her colonoscopy to guide how many doses need to be withheld; however, given the patient’s tight INR control over the previous 6 months, you can assume her INR will be in goal range at that check. As a result, you recommend that she avoid an extra INR check and stop taking her warfarin 5 days prior to the colonoscopy.
Ms. P has a CHA2DS2VASc score of 3, which puts her at a relatively low risk for acute ischemic stroke over the next 1 to 2 weeks. Given the results of the BRIDGE trial, you recommend no parenteral bridging agent before or after her procedure. You also recommend that the patient resume her usual dose of warfarin the same day as her procedure (in the evening) unless her gastroenterologist recommends otherwise. You schedule her for a follow-up INR 5 to 7 days after her colonoscopy.
Mr. Q’s total knee arthroplasty (TKA)—a procedure associated with a high risk of bleeding—requires an interruption in his apixaban therapy. Additionally, he is at high risk for recurrent thromboembolism, given his history of recurrent, unprovoked DVTs; however, he is past the highest risk period (VTE within the past 3 months; his last one was 9 months ago). He is otherwise healthy and has normal renal function, so his apixaban should be withheld for a total of 4 doses (48 hours) prior to his procedure. He should resume his full dose of apixaban 48 to 72 hours after his procedure to minimize the risk for bleeding.
However, given that a TKA is a procedure associated with a high rate of postoperative VTE, initiate prophylactic anticoagulation (such as enoxaparin 40 mg subcutaneously daily or apixaban 2.5 mg PO bid) about 12 hours after the procedure and continue it until full-dose apixaban is resumed.
CORRESPONDENCE
Jeremy Vandiver, PharmD, BCPS, University of Wyoming School of Pharmacy, 1000 E. University Ave., Dept. 3375, Laramie, WY 82071; [email protected].
1. Connelly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2009;361:1139-1151.
2. Steinberg BA, Kim S, Piccini JP, et al. Use and associated risks of concomitant aspirin therapy with oral anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation: insights from the Outcomes Registry for Better Informed Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation (ORBIT-AF) Registry. Circulation. 2013;128:721-728.
3. Douketis JD, Spyropoulos AC, Spencer FA, et al. Perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e326S-e350S.
4. Adam SS, McDuffie JR, Ortel TL, et al. Comparative effectiveness of warfarin and newer oral anticoagulants for the long-term prevention and treatment of arterial and venous thromboembolism. Department of Veteran Affairs Evidence-Based Synthesis Project #09-010; 2012. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK97541/. Accessed October 15, 2017.
5. Kearon C, Akl EA, Ornelas J, et al. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: CHEST guideline and Expert Panel Report. Chest. 2016;149:315-352.
6. January CT, Wann LS, Alpert JS, et al. 2014 AHA/ACC/HRS guideline for the management of patients with atrial fibrillation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014;64:2246-2280.
7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Venous thromboembolism in adult hospitalizations — United States, 2007-2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012 June 8;61:401-404. Available at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm6122a1.htm. Accessed October 15, 2017.
8. Anderson FA, Wheeler HB, Goldberg HJ, et al. A population-based perspective of the hospital incidence and case-fatality rates of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism. The Worcester DVT Study. Arch Intern Med. 1991;151:933-938.
9. Vahanian A, Alfieri O, Andreotti F, et al. Guidelines on the management of valvular heart disease (version 2012): The Joint Task Force on the Management of Valvular Heart Disease of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Association for Cardio-Thoracic Surgery (EACTS). Eur Heart J. 2012;33:2451-2496.
10. Garwood CL, Korkis B, Grande D, et al. Anticoagulation bridge therapy in patients with atrial fibrillation: recent updates provide a rebalance of risk and benefit. Pharmacotherapy. 2017;37:712-714.
11. Doherty JU, Gluckman TJ, Hucker WJ, et al. 2017 ACC expert consensus decision pathway for periprocedural management of anticoagulation in patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2017;69:871-898.
12. Douketis J, Tosetto A, Marcucci M, et al. Patient-level meta-analysis: effect of measurement timing, threshold, and patient age on ability of D-dimer testing to assess recurrence risk after unprovoked venous thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med. 2010;153:523-531.
13. Becattini C, Agnelli G, Schenone A, et al. Aspirin for preventing the recurrence of venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:1959-1967.
14. Tosetto A, Testa S, Martinelli I, et al. External validation of the DASH prediction rule: a retrospective cohort study. J Thromb Haemost. 2017;15:1963-1970.
15. Rodger MA, Le Gal G, Anderson DR, et al. Validating the HERDOO2 rule to guide treatment duration for women with unprovoked venous thrombosis: multinational prospective cohort management study. BMJ. 2017;356:j1065.
16. Anderson FA Jr, Spencer FA. Risk factors for venous thromboembolism.
17. Geerts WH, Bergqvist D, Pineo GF, et al. Prevention of venous thromboembolism: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines, 8th ed. Chest. 2008;133:381S-453S.
18. Spyropoulos AC, Douketis JD. How I treat anticoagulated patients undergoing an elective procedure or surgery. Blood. 2012;120:2954-2962.
19. Eisen GM, Baron TH, Dominitz JA, et al. Guideline on the management of anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy for endoscopic procedures. Gastrointest Endosc. 2002;55:775-779.
20. Burnett AE, Mahan CE, Vazquez SR. Guidance for the practical management of the direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) in VTE treatment. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2016;41:206-232.
21. Witt DM, Clark NP, Kaatz S, et al. Guidance for the practical management of warfarin therapy in the treatment of venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2016;41:187-205.
22. Douketis JD, Spyropoulos AC, Kaatz S, et al. Perioperative bridging anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2015;373:823-833.
23. Steinberg BA, Peterson ED, Kim S, et al. Use and outcomes associated with bridging during anticoagulation interruptions in patients with atrial fibrillation: findings from the Outcomes Registry for Better Informed Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation (ORBIT-AF). Circulation. 2015;131: 488-494.
24. Clark NP, Witt DM, Davies LE, et al. Bleeding, recurrent venous thromboembolism, and mortality risks during warfarin interruption for invasive procedures. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175;1163-1168.
25. Sjögren V, Grzymala-Lubanski B, Renlund H, et al. Safety and efficacy of bridging with low-molecular-weight heparin during temporary interruptions of warfarin: a register-based cohort study. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost. 2017;23:961-966.
26. Kirchhof P, Benussi S, Kotecha D, et al. 2016 ESC Guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation developed in collaboration with EACTS. Eur Heart J. 2016;37:2893-2962.
27. Falck-Ytter Y, Francis CW, Johanson NA, et al. Prevention of VTE in orthopedic surgery patients: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e278S-e325S.
1. Connelly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2009;361:1139-1151.
2. Steinberg BA, Kim S, Piccini JP, et al. Use and associated risks of concomitant aspirin therapy with oral anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation: insights from the Outcomes Registry for Better Informed Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation (ORBIT-AF) Registry. Circulation. 2013;128:721-728.
3. Douketis JD, Spyropoulos AC, Spencer FA, et al. Perioperative management of antithrombotic therapy: antithrombotic therapy and prevention of thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e326S-e350S.
4. Adam SS, McDuffie JR, Ortel TL, et al. Comparative effectiveness of warfarin and newer oral anticoagulants for the long-term prevention and treatment of arterial and venous thromboembolism. Department of Veteran Affairs Evidence-Based Synthesis Project #09-010; 2012. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK97541/. Accessed October 15, 2017.
5. Kearon C, Akl EA, Ornelas J, et al. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: CHEST guideline and Expert Panel Report. Chest. 2016;149:315-352.
6. January CT, Wann LS, Alpert JS, et al. 2014 AHA/ACC/HRS guideline for the management of patients with atrial fibrillation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014;64:2246-2280.
7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Venous thromboembolism in adult hospitalizations — United States, 2007-2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012 June 8;61:401-404. Available at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm6122a1.htm. Accessed October 15, 2017.
8. Anderson FA, Wheeler HB, Goldberg HJ, et al. A population-based perspective of the hospital incidence and case-fatality rates of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism. The Worcester DVT Study. Arch Intern Med. 1991;151:933-938.
9. Vahanian A, Alfieri O, Andreotti F, et al. Guidelines on the management of valvular heart disease (version 2012): The Joint Task Force on the Management of Valvular Heart Disease of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Association for Cardio-Thoracic Surgery (EACTS). Eur Heart J. 2012;33:2451-2496.
10. Garwood CL, Korkis B, Grande D, et al. Anticoagulation bridge therapy in patients with atrial fibrillation: recent updates provide a rebalance of risk and benefit. Pharmacotherapy. 2017;37:712-714.
11. Doherty JU, Gluckman TJ, Hucker WJ, et al. 2017 ACC expert consensus decision pathway for periprocedural management of anticoagulation in patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2017;69:871-898.
12. Douketis J, Tosetto A, Marcucci M, et al. Patient-level meta-analysis: effect of measurement timing, threshold, and patient age on ability of D-dimer testing to assess recurrence risk after unprovoked venous thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med. 2010;153:523-531.
13. Becattini C, Agnelli G, Schenone A, et al. Aspirin for preventing the recurrence of venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:1959-1967.
14. Tosetto A, Testa S, Martinelli I, et al. External validation of the DASH prediction rule: a retrospective cohort study. J Thromb Haemost. 2017;15:1963-1970.
15. Rodger MA, Le Gal G, Anderson DR, et al. Validating the HERDOO2 rule to guide treatment duration for women with unprovoked venous thrombosis: multinational prospective cohort management study. BMJ. 2017;356:j1065.
16. Anderson FA Jr, Spencer FA. Risk factors for venous thromboembolism.
17. Geerts WH, Bergqvist D, Pineo GF, et al. Prevention of venous thromboembolism: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines, 8th ed. Chest. 2008;133:381S-453S.
18. Spyropoulos AC, Douketis JD. How I treat anticoagulated patients undergoing an elective procedure or surgery. Blood. 2012;120:2954-2962.
19. Eisen GM, Baron TH, Dominitz JA, et al. Guideline on the management of anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy for endoscopic procedures. Gastrointest Endosc. 2002;55:775-779.
20. Burnett AE, Mahan CE, Vazquez SR. Guidance for the practical management of the direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) in VTE treatment. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2016;41:206-232.
21. Witt DM, Clark NP, Kaatz S, et al. Guidance for the practical management of warfarin therapy in the treatment of venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Thrombolysis. 2016;41:187-205.
22. Douketis JD, Spyropoulos AC, Kaatz S, et al. Perioperative bridging anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2015;373:823-833.
23. Steinberg BA, Peterson ED, Kim S, et al. Use and outcomes associated with bridging during anticoagulation interruptions in patients with atrial fibrillation: findings from the Outcomes Registry for Better Informed Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation (ORBIT-AF). Circulation. 2015;131: 488-494.
24. Clark NP, Witt DM, Davies LE, et al. Bleeding, recurrent venous thromboembolism, and mortality risks during warfarin interruption for invasive procedures. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175;1163-1168.
25. Sjögren V, Grzymala-Lubanski B, Renlund H, et al. Safety and efficacy of bridging with low-molecular-weight heparin during temporary interruptions of warfarin: a register-based cohort study. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost. 2017;23:961-966.
26. Kirchhof P, Benussi S, Kotecha D, et al. 2016 ESC Guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation developed in collaboration with EACTS. Eur Heart J. 2016;37:2893-2962.
27. Falck-Ytter Y, Francis CW, Johanson NA, et al. Prevention of VTE in orthopedic surgery patients: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2 Suppl):e278S-e325S.
PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS
› Don’t stop oral anticoagulation for procedures with minimal bleeding risk, such as minor dermatologic, dental, or ophthalmic procedures. C
› Reserve periprocedural bridging with a parenteral anticoagulant for those patients on warfarin who are at highest risk for thromboembolism (those with severe thrombophilia, active thrombosis, or mechanical heart valves). B
› Stop direct oral anticoagulants 24 to 48 hours prior to most invasive procedures, and do not employ periprocedural bridging. C
Strength of recommendation (SOR)
A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series
Anxiety and joint hypermobility: An unexpected association
Joint hypermobility syndrome (JHS)—also known as Ehlers-Danlos type 3–hypermobile type (hEDS)1—is a poorly recognized connective tissue disorder characterized by increased joint laxity that may affect 10% to 25% of the general population.2 Researchers are increasingly recognizing an association between JHS/hEDS and psychiatric symptoms and disorders, specifically anxiety. In this review, we describe the clinical presentation of JHS/hEDS, propose a new “Neuroconnective phenotype” based on the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS, and discuss factors to consider when treating anxiety in a patient who has JHS/hEDS.
JHS/hEDS: A complex disorder
Although JHS/hEDS is a heritable condition, several factors are known to influence its prevalence and visibility, including age, sex, and ethnicity; the prevalence is higher among younger patients, females, and African Americans.2 Its known basis is the type and distribution pattern of collagen, and one of the key features used to identify this syndrome is greater joint laxity, meaning increased distensibility of the joints in passive movements as well as a hypermobility in active movements.
Although first described by two dermatologists (Edvard Ehlers and Henri-Alexandre Danlos) at the beginning of the 20th century, JHS/hEDS is now considered a multi-systemic condition. Thus, JHS/hEDS includes a wide range of musculoskeletal features, and over the recent years, extra-articular symptoms, such as easy bruising or hypertrophic scarring, have gained recognition.3 Moreover, individuals with JHS/hEDS frequently present with stress-sensitive illnesses, such as fibromyalgia, or chronic fatigue syndrome.4 The Table2,5,6 provides a description of musculoskeletal and extra-articular features of JHS/hEDS.
The link between JHS/hEDS and anxiety
Psychiatric symptoms are being increasingly recognized as a key feature of JHS/hEDS. Our group published the first case control study on the association between JHS/hEDS and anxiety in 1988.7 Additional studies have consistently replicated and confirmed these findings in clinical and nonclinical populations, and in adult and geriatric patients.8-12 Specifically, JHS/hEDS has been associated with a higher frequency and greater intensity of fears, greater anxiety severity and somatic concerns, and higher frequency of the so-called endogenous anxiety disorders.6,13 There also is limited but growing evidence that JHS/hEDS is associated with depressive disorders, eating disorders, and neurodevelopmental disorders as well as alcohol and tobacco misuse.6,8,11,14,15
Moving toward a new phenotype. Whereas there is increasing evidence of somatic comorbidity in several major psychiatric disorders, present psychiatric nosology does not include specific psychiatric illnesses associated with medical conditions other than organic dementias and secondary psychiatric conditions. However, the overwhelming data on clinical comorbidity (both somatic and psychiatric) require new nosologic approaches. Following the accumulated evidence on this topic over the past 30 years, our group described the “Neuroconnective phenotype” (Figure 1) on the basis of the collected genetic, neurophysiological, neuroimaging, and clinical data.6 The core of the phenotype includes the “anxiety-joint laxity” association and has 5 dimensions that allow for minor overlap (somatic symptoms, somatic illnesses, psychopathology, behavioral dimensions, and somatosensory symptoms). Each of the 5 dimensions includes features that may be present at different degrees with individual variations.
Continue to: Biologic hypotheses...
Biologic hypotheses that have been proposed to explain the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS are described in the Box6,16-28.
Box
What underlying mechanisms link anxiety and joint hypermobility?
Interestingly, both anxiety and joint hypermobility syndrome/Ehlers-Danlos type 3-hypermobile type (JHS/hEDS) are often underdiagnosed and undertreated, and have similar prevalence in the general population. While it is possible that some psychiatric symptoms can be a consequence of adaptation and difficulties in dealing with chronic illnesses, biologic hypotheses have been considered to explain the association between JHS/hEDS and anxiety. The most accepted biologic hypotheses include:
- genetic risks
- interoceptive sensitivity
- somatosensory amplification
- emotion processing variances
- autonomic nervous system dysfunction.
A duplication of chromosome 15 (DUP-25) was found in patients with both JHS/hEDS and an anxiety disorder,16 but to date, this finding has not been replicated.17,18 The fact that both conditions are highly heritable suggests high likelihood of a genetic linkage. Other theories about the neural connections between mind and body have been proposed. Brain and body are intrinsically and dynamically coupled; perceptions, emotions, and cognitions respond to and change the state of the body.19 In this sense, body perception and dysautonomia have gained recognition.
Patients with JHS/hEDS have higher interoception,20 meaning greater signaling and perception of internal bodily sensations. This is in line with Critchley's hypothesis, in which he describes the influence of visceral inputs over thoughts, feelings, and behavior.21 Consistent with Critchley's views, Porges described the Polyvagal Theory,22 which is phylogenetic approach relating the autonomic nervous system to behavior. Atypical body awareness is a feature of multiple disorders, including anxiety, depression, and JHS/hEDS.19,23-25 Interestingly, a recent neuroimaging study found that interception sensitivity mediated the relationship between anxiety and hypermobility.20
JHS/hEDS patients have greater exteroception (perception of environment), nocioception (pain perception), and somatosensory amplification.6,26 At the same time, they also have decreased proprioception,27 which could explain the coordination difficulties they experience. Neuroimaging studies have confirmed that individuals with JHS/hEDS have structural differences in key emotion processing regions, notably affecting the amygdala bilaterally.28
Together, these findings increase our understanding about the mechanisms through which vulnerability to anxiety disorders and somatic symptoms arises in certain patients.
Continue to: How JHS/hEDS is diagnosed
How JHS/hEDS is diagnosed
The Beighton criteria are the most common set of criteria used to diagnose JHS/hEDS.29 In 2000, Grahame et al30 developed the Brighton criteria, which include some extra-articular features. The “Hospital del Mar” criteria31 (also known as the “Bulbena criteria”) were obtained after a multivariate analysis of margins from the Beighton criteria and the original set of criteria described by Rotés. They showed consistent indicators of reliability, internal consistency, and better predictive validity.31
Recently, several self-assessment questionnaires have been developed. Specifically, based on the Hakim and Grahame questionnaire,32 our group developed a novel self-assessment questionnaire that includes pictures to facilitate the diagnosis.33
However, despite multiple ways of assessing JHS/hEDS, it remains mostly undiagnosed and untreated. Because of this, a new clinician-administered checklist has been developed,34 although this checklist does not include the psychiatric aspects of the disorder, so clinicians who use this checklist should ensure that the patient receives additional psychiatric assessment.
Transforming the clinical value into specific interventions
Anxiety disorders are chronic, disabling, and represent the 6th leading cause of disability worldwide.35 They have a significant impact due to the high cost of frequent medical evaluations and treatment of the physical components of the disorder.36 As a clinical marker for a homogeneous type of anxiety, JHS/hEDS can provide valuable information about a patient’s complete clinical picture, especially about the somatic aspects of the disorder.
No randomized controlled trials have been conducted to evaluate pharmacotherapy as treatment for JHS/hEDS. In a cohort study, the overall use of psychotropi
Continue to: Current nosology of anxiety disorders...
Current nosology of anxiety disorders neglects the somatic aspects and physical manifestations of anxiety, and in general, therapeutic interventions focus only cognitive/psychological aspects of anxiety. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may be effective in treating the cognitive distortions associated with the chronicity of the illness and negative emotions. Baeza-Velasco et al38 found that patients with JHS/hEDS have a tendency toward dysfunctional coping strategies, and CBT may be useful to address those symptoms. Moreover, these individuals often suffer from kinesiophobia and hyperalgesia. Some pilot CBT strategies have been developed, and research suggests that along with exercise, CBT can be a valuable pain management tool in patients with JHS/hEDS.39
Nonetheless, these patients often suffer from several somatic complaints and bodily manifestations (eg, somatosensory amplification, dysautonomia) that require treatment. Thus, interventions that address mind and body connections should be implemented. Some research found meditative therapies for anxiety disorders can be effective,40,41 although further randomized controlled trials are needed.
Based on our proposed “Neuroconnective phenotype,” we suggest a new therapeutic approach to address the 5 dimensions of this phenotype.
Somatic symptoms, such as blue sclera, dislocations, scars, easy bruising, and leptosomatic somatotype, do not require specific intervention, but they provide information about the physical phenotype of JHS/hEDS and can facilitate the diagnosis.
Somatic illnesses. Treatment must address often-found comorbid medical conditions, such as irritable bowel syndrome, other gastrointestinal conditions, temporomandibular dysfunction, fatigue, fibromyalgia, and dysautonomia. Obviously specific attention must be paid to JHS/hEDS, which responds relatively well to physical treatments, including aerobic exercise, and particularly well to expert physiotherapy. Relaxation and meditation techniques also are effective.
Continue to: Psychopathology
Psychopathology. Ensure proper assessment and treatment not only of the anxiety disorder and its dimensions (ie, anticipatory anxiety, high loss sensitivity, depersonalization, impulse phobias, or avoidance behavior), but also of the other related conditions, such as mood disorders, substance use disorders, or eating disorders.
Behavioral dimensions. Defense mechanisms often take individuals with JHS/hEDS to the extremes of a circumflex behavioral model in which the most typical axes include the following: me/others, loss/excess of control, avoidance/invasion, fight/flight, and dependency/isolation. A rich psychotherapeutic approach that focuses on these defense mechanisms and behavioral axes is required to balance these mechanisms.
Somatosensory symptoms. Be aware of, validate, and provide understanding of the patient’s increased sensitivities, including greater pain, body perception, meteorosensitivity, and higher sensitivity to medications and adverse effects.
Additional research is needed
Future directions for exploring the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS should include the development of new nosologic approaches, the expansion of the therapeutic dimension, and unmasking the common biologic mechanisms using evolutionary models.
1. Tinkle BT, Bird HA, Grahame R, et al. The lack of clinical distinction between the hypermobility type of Ehlers-Danlos syndrome and the joint hypermobility syndrome (a.k.a. hypermobility syndrome). Am J Med Genet A. 2009;149A(11):2368-2370.
2. Hakim A, Grahame R. Joint hypermobility. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol. 2003;17(6):989-1004.
3. Hakim AJ, Grahame R. Non-musculoskeletal symptoms in joint hypermobility syndrome. Indirect evidence for autonomic dysfunction? Rheumatology (Oxford). 2004;43(9):1194-1195.
4. Grahame R, Hakim AJ. Hypermobility. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2008;20(1):106-110.
5. Castori M. Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, hypermobility type: an underdiagnosed hereditary connective tissue disorder with mucocutaneous, articular, and systemic manifestations. ISRN Dermatol. 2012;2012:751768. doi: 10.5402/2012/751768.
6. Bulbena A, Baeza-Velasco C, Bulbena-Cabré A, et al. Psychiatric and psychological aspects in the Ehlers-Danlos syndromes. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2017;175(1):237-245.
7. Bulbena A, Duro JC, Mateo A, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome and anxiety disorders. Lancet. 1988;332(8612):694.
8. Bulbena-Cabré A, Pailhez G, Cabrera A, et al. Body perception in a sample of nonclinical youngsters with joint hypermobility. Ansiedad y Estrés. 2017;23(2-3):99-103.
9. Martín-Santos R, Bulbena A, Porta M, et al. Association between joint hypermobility syndrome and panic disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155(11):1578-1583.
10. Bulbena A, Agulló A, Pailhez G, et al. Is joint hypermobility related to anxiety in a nonclinical population also? Psychosomatics. 2004;45(5):432-437.
11. Bulbena-Cabré A, Baeza-Velasco C, Pailhez G, et al. Psicopatología de la hiperlaxitud articular [in Spanish]. Cuadernos de Neuropsicología/Panamerican Journal of Neuropsychology 2016;10(3):61-70.
12. Bulbena‐Cabré A, Rojo C, Pailhez G, et al. Joint hypermobility is also associated with anxiety disorders in the elderly population. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2018;33(1):e113-e119.
13. Bulbena A, Pailhez G, Bulbena-Cabré A, et al. Joint hypermobility, anxiety and psychosomatics: two and a half decades of progress toward a new phenotype. Adv Psychosom Med. 2015;34:143-157.
14. Smith TO, Easton V, Bacon H, et al. The relationship between benign joint hypermobility syndrome and psychological distress: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2014;53(1):114-122.
15. Cederlöf M, Larsson H, Lichtenstein P, et al. Nationwide population-based cohort study of psychiatric disorders in individuals with Ehlers-Danlos syndrome or hypermobility syndrome and their siblings. BMC Psychiatry. 2016;16(1):207.
16. Gratacòs M, Nadal M, Martín-Santos R, et al. A polymorphic genomic duplication on human chromosome 15 is a susceptibility factor for panic and phobic disorders. Cell. 2001;106(3):367-379.
17. Tabiner M, Youings S, Dennis N, A et al. Failure to find DUP25 in patients with anxiety disorders, in control individuals, or in previously reported positive control cell lines. Am J Hum Genet. 2003;72(3):535-538.
18. Henrichsen CN, Delorme R, Boucherie M, et al. No association between DUP25 and anxiety disorders. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2004;128B(1):80-83.
19. Eccles JA, Owens AP, Mathias CJ, et al. Neurovisceral phenotypes in the expression of psychiatric symptoms. Front Neurosci. 2015;9:4. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2015.00004.
20. Mallorqui-Bagué N, Garfinkel SN, Engels M, et al. Neuroimaging and psychophysiological investigation of the link between anxiety, enhanced affective reactivity and interoception in people with joint hypermobility. Front Psychol. 2014;5:1162. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2014.01162.
21. Critchley HD, Harrison NA. Visceral influences on brain and behavior. Neuron. 2013;77(4):624-638.
22. Porges SW. The polyvagal theory: phylogenetic substrates of a social nervous system. Int J Psychophysiol. 2001;42(2):123-146.
23. Cameron OG. Interoception: the inside story—a model for psychosomatic processes. Psychosom Med. 2001;63(5):697-710.
24. Domschke K, Stevens S, Pfleiderer B, et al. Interoceptive sensitivity in anxiety and anxiety disorders: an overview and integration of neurobiological findings. Clin Psychol Rev. 2010;30(1):1-11.
25. Wiebking C, Bauer A, de Greck M, et al. Abnormal body perception and neural activity in the insula in depression: an fMRI study of the depressed “material me.” World J Biol Psychiatry. 2010;11(3):538-549.
26. Baeza-Velasco C, Gely-Nargeot MC, Vilarrasa AB, et al. Association between psychopathological factors and joint hypermobility syndrome in a group of undergraduates from a French university. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2011;41(2):187-201.
27. Smith TO, Jerman E, Easton V, et al. Do people with benign joint hypermobility syndrome (BJHS) have reduced joint proprioception? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatol Int. 2013;33(11):2709-2716.
28. Eccles JA, Beacher FD, Gray MA, et al. Brain structure and joint hypermobility: relevance to the expression of psychiatric symptoms. Br J Psychiatry. 2012;200(6):508-509.
29. Beighton P, Horan F. Orthopaedic aspects of the Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1969;51(3):444-453.
30. Grahame R, Bird HA, Child A. The revised (Brighton 1998) criteria for the diagnosis of benign joint hypermobility syndrome (BJHS). J Rheumatol. 2000;27(7):1777-1779.
31. Bulbena A, Duró JC, Porta M, et al. Clinical assessment of hypermobility of joints: assembling criteria. J Rheumatol. 1992;19(1):115-122.
32. Hakim AJ, Grahame R. A simple questionnaire to detect hypermobility: an adjunct to the assessment of patients with diffuse musculoskeletal pain. Int J Clin Pract. 2003;57(3):163-166.
33. Bulbena A, Mallorquí-Bagué N, Pailhez G, et al. Self-reported screening questionnaire for the assessment of Joint Hypermobility Syndrome (SQ-CH), a collagen condition, in Spanish population. Eur J Psychiat. 2014;28(1):17-26.
34. Malfait F, Francomano C, Byers P, et al. The 2017 international classification of the Ehlers-Danlos syndromes. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2017;175(1):8-26.
35. Baxter AJ, Vos T, Scott KM, et al. The global burden of anxiety disorders in 2010. Psychol Med. 2014;44(11):2363-2374.
36. Bystritsky A. Treatment-resistant anxiety disorders. Mol Psychiatry. 2006;11(9):805-814.
37. Bulbena A, Gago J, Pailhez G, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome is a risk factor trait for anxiety disorders: a 15-year follow-up cohort study. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2011;33(4):363-370.
38. Baeza-Velasco C, Gély-Nargeot MC, Bulbena Vilarrasa A, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome: problems that require psychological intervention. Rheumatol Int. 2011;31(9):1131-1136.
39. Bathen T, Hangmann AB, Hoff M, et al. Multidisciplinary treatment of disability in ehlers-danlos syndrome hypermobility type/hypermobility syndrome: A pilot study using a combination of physical and cognitive-behavioral therapy on 12 women. Am J Med Genet A. 2013;161A(12): 3005-3011.
40. Chen KW, Berger CC, Manheimer E, et al. Meditative therapies for reducing anxiety: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Depress Anxiety. 2012;29(7):545-562.
41. Krisanaprakornkit T, Sriraj W, Piyavhatkul N, et al. Meditation therapy for anxiety disorders. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;(1):CD004998.
Joint hypermobility syndrome (JHS)—also known as Ehlers-Danlos type 3–hypermobile type (hEDS)1—is a poorly recognized connective tissue disorder characterized by increased joint laxity that may affect 10% to 25% of the general population.2 Researchers are increasingly recognizing an association between JHS/hEDS and psychiatric symptoms and disorders, specifically anxiety. In this review, we describe the clinical presentation of JHS/hEDS, propose a new “Neuroconnective phenotype” based on the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS, and discuss factors to consider when treating anxiety in a patient who has JHS/hEDS.
JHS/hEDS: A complex disorder
Although JHS/hEDS is a heritable condition, several factors are known to influence its prevalence and visibility, including age, sex, and ethnicity; the prevalence is higher among younger patients, females, and African Americans.2 Its known basis is the type and distribution pattern of collagen, and one of the key features used to identify this syndrome is greater joint laxity, meaning increased distensibility of the joints in passive movements as well as a hypermobility in active movements.
Although first described by two dermatologists (Edvard Ehlers and Henri-Alexandre Danlos) at the beginning of the 20th century, JHS/hEDS is now considered a multi-systemic condition. Thus, JHS/hEDS includes a wide range of musculoskeletal features, and over the recent years, extra-articular symptoms, such as easy bruising or hypertrophic scarring, have gained recognition.3 Moreover, individuals with JHS/hEDS frequently present with stress-sensitive illnesses, such as fibromyalgia, or chronic fatigue syndrome.4 The Table2,5,6 provides a description of musculoskeletal and extra-articular features of JHS/hEDS.
The link between JHS/hEDS and anxiety
Psychiatric symptoms are being increasingly recognized as a key feature of JHS/hEDS. Our group published the first case control study on the association between JHS/hEDS and anxiety in 1988.7 Additional studies have consistently replicated and confirmed these findings in clinical and nonclinical populations, and in adult and geriatric patients.8-12 Specifically, JHS/hEDS has been associated with a higher frequency and greater intensity of fears, greater anxiety severity and somatic concerns, and higher frequency of the so-called endogenous anxiety disorders.6,13 There also is limited but growing evidence that JHS/hEDS is associated with depressive disorders, eating disorders, and neurodevelopmental disorders as well as alcohol and tobacco misuse.6,8,11,14,15
Moving toward a new phenotype. Whereas there is increasing evidence of somatic comorbidity in several major psychiatric disorders, present psychiatric nosology does not include specific psychiatric illnesses associated with medical conditions other than organic dementias and secondary psychiatric conditions. However, the overwhelming data on clinical comorbidity (both somatic and psychiatric) require new nosologic approaches. Following the accumulated evidence on this topic over the past 30 years, our group described the “Neuroconnective phenotype” (Figure 1) on the basis of the collected genetic, neurophysiological, neuroimaging, and clinical data.6 The core of the phenotype includes the “anxiety-joint laxity” association and has 5 dimensions that allow for minor overlap (somatic symptoms, somatic illnesses, psychopathology, behavioral dimensions, and somatosensory symptoms). Each of the 5 dimensions includes features that may be present at different degrees with individual variations.
Continue to: Biologic hypotheses...
Biologic hypotheses that have been proposed to explain the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS are described in the Box6,16-28.
Box
What underlying mechanisms link anxiety and joint hypermobility?
Interestingly, both anxiety and joint hypermobility syndrome/Ehlers-Danlos type 3-hypermobile type (JHS/hEDS) are often underdiagnosed and undertreated, and have similar prevalence in the general population. While it is possible that some psychiatric symptoms can be a consequence of adaptation and difficulties in dealing with chronic illnesses, biologic hypotheses have been considered to explain the association between JHS/hEDS and anxiety. The most accepted biologic hypotheses include:
- genetic risks
- interoceptive sensitivity
- somatosensory amplification
- emotion processing variances
- autonomic nervous system dysfunction.
A duplication of chromosome 15 (DUP-25) was found in patients with both JHS/hEDS and an anxiety disorder,16 but to date, this finding has not been replicated.17,18 The fact that both conditions are highly heritable suggests high likelihood of a genetic linkage. Other theories about the neural connections between mind and body have been proposed. Brain and body are intrinsically and dynamically coupled; perceptions, emotions, and cognitions respond to and change the state of the body.19 In this sense, body perception and dysautonomia have gained recognition.
Patients with JHS/hEDS have higher interoception,20 meaning greater signaling and perception of internal bodily sensations. This is in line with Critchley's hypothesis, in which he describes the influence of visceral inputs over thoughts, feelings, and behavior.21 Consistent with Critchley's views, Porges described the Polyvagal Theory,22 which is phylogenetic approach relating the autonomic nervous system to behavior. Atypical body awareness is a feature of multiple disorders, including anxiety, depression, and JHS/hEDS.19,23-25 Interestingly, a recent neuroimaging study found that interception sensitivity mediated the relationship between anxiety and hypermobility.20
JHS/hEDS patients have greater exteroception (perception of environment), nocioception (pain perception), and somatosensory amplification.6,26 At the same time, they also have decreased proprioception,27 which could explain the coordination difficulties they experience. Neuroimaging studies have confirmed that individuals with JHS/hEDS have structural differences in key emotion processing regions, notably affecting the amygdala bilaterally.28
Together, these findings increase our understanding about the mechanisms through which vulnerability to anxiety disorders and somatic symptoms arises in certain patients.
Continue to: How JHS/hEDS is diagnosed
How JHS/hEDS is diagnosed
The Beighton criteria are the most common set of criteria used to diagnose JHS/hEDS.29 In 2000, Grahame et al30 developed the Brighton criteria, which include some extra-articular features. The “Hospital del Mar” criteria31 (also known as the “Bulbena criteria”) were obtained after a multivariate analysis of margins from the Beighton criteria and the original set of criteria described by Rotés. They showed consistent indicators of reliability, internal consistency, and better predictive validity.31
Recently, several self-assessment questionnaires have been developed. Specifically, based on the Hakim and Grahame questionnaire,32 our group developed a novel self-assessment questionnaire that includes pictures to facilitate the diagnosis.33
However, despite multiple ways of assessing JHS/hEDS, it remains mostly undiagnosed and untreated. Because of this, a new clinician-administered checklist has been developed,34 although this checklist does not include the psychiatric aspects of the disorder, so clinicians who use this checklist should ensure that the patient receives additional psychiatric assessment.
Transforming the clinical value into specific interventions
Anxiety disorders are chronic, disabling, and represent the 6th leading cause of disability worldwide.35 They have a significant impact due to the high cost of frequent medical evaluations and treatment of the physical components of the disorder.36 As a clinical marker for a homogeneous type of anxiety, JHS/hEDS can provide valuable information about a patient’s complete clinical picture, especially about the somatic aspects of the disorder.
No randomized controlled trials have been conducted to evaluate pharmacotherapy as treatment for JHS/hEDS. In a cohort study, the overall use of psychotropi
Continue to: Current nosology of anxiety disorders...
Current nosology of anxiety disorders neglects the somatic aspects and physical manifestations of anxiety, and in general, therapeutic interventions focus only cognitive/psychological aspects of anxiety. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may be effective in treating the cognitive distortions associated with the chronicity of the illness and negative emotions. Baeza-Velasco et al38 found that patients with JHS/hEDS have a tendency toward dysfunctional coping strategies, and CBT may be useful to address those symptoms. Moreover, these individuals often suffer from kinesiophobia and hyperalgesia. Some pilot CBT strategies have been developed, and research suggests that along with exercise, CBT can be a valuable pain management tool in patients with JHS/hEDS.39
Nonetheless, these patients often suffer from several somatic complaints and bodily manifestations (eg, somatosensory amplification, dysautonomia) that require treatment. Thus, interventions that address mind and body connections should be implemented. Some research found meditative therapies for anxiety disorders can be effective,40,41 although further randomized controlled trials are needed.
Based on our proposed “Neuroconnective phenotype,” we suggest a new therapeutic approach to address the 5 dimensions of this phenotype.
Somatic symptoms, such as blue sclera, dislocations, scars, easy bruising, and leptosomatic somatotype, do not require specific intervention, but they provide information about the physical phenotype of JHS/hEDS and can facilitate the diagnosis.
Somatic illnesses. Treatment must address often-found comorbid medical conditions, such as irritable bowel syndrome, other gastrointestinal conditions, temporomandibular dysfunction, fatigue, fibromyalgia, and dysautonomia. Obviously specific attention must be paid to JHS/hEDS, which responds relatively well to physical treatments, including aerobic exercise, and particularly well to expert physiotherapy. Relaxation and meditation techniques also are effective.
Continue to: Psychopathology
Psychopathology. Ensure proper assessment and treatment not only of the anxiety disorder and its dimensions (ie, anticipatory anxiety, high loss sensitivity, depersonalization, impulse phobias, or avoidance behavior), but also of the other related conditions, such as mood disorders, substance use disorders, or eating disorders.
Behavioral dimensions. Defense mechanisms often take individuals with JHS/hEDS to the extremes of a circumflex behavioral model in which the most typical axes include the following: me/others, loss/excess of control, avoidance/invasion, fight/flight, and dependency/isolation. A rich psychotherapeutic approach that focuses on these defense mechanisms and behavioral axes is required to balance these mechanisms.
Somatosensory symptoms. Be aware of, validate, and provide understanding of the patient’s increased sensitivities, including greater pain, body perception, meteorosensitivity, and higher sensitivity to medications and adverse effects.
Additional research is needed
Future directions for exploring the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS should include the development of new nosologic approaches, the expansion of the therapeutic dimension, and unmasking the common biologic mechanisms using evolutionary models.
Joint hypermobility syndrome (JHS)—also known as Ehlers-Danlos type 3–hypermobile type (hEDS)1—is a poorly recognized connective tissue disorder characterized by increased joint laxity that may affect 10% to 25% of the general population.2 Researchers are increasingly recognizing an association between JHS/hEDS and psychiatric symptoms and disorders, specifically anxiety. In this review, we describe the clinical presentation of JHS/hEDS, propose a new “Neuroconnective phenotype” based on the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS, and discuss factors to consider when treating anxiety in a patient who has JHS/hEDS.
JHS/hEDS: A complex disorder
Although JHS/hEDS is a heritable condition, several factors are known to influence its prevalence and visibility, including age, sex, and ethnicity; the prevalence is higher among younger patients, females, and African Americans.2 Its known basis is the type and distribution pattern of collagen, and one of the key features used to identify this syndrome is greater joint laxity, meaning increased distensibility of the joints in passive movements as well as a hypermobility in active movements.
Although first described by two dermatologists (Edvard Ehlers and Henri-Alexandre Danlos) at the beginning of the 20th century, JHS/hEDS is now considered a multi-systemic condition. Thus, JHS/hEDS includes a wide range of musculoskeletal features, and over the recent years, extra-articular symptoms, such as easy bruising or hypertrophic scarring, have gained recognition.3 Moreover, individuals with JHS/hEDS frequently present with stress-sensitive illnesses, such as fibromyalgia, or chronic fatigue syndrome.4 The Table2,5,6 provides a description of musculoskeletal and extra-articular features of JHS/hEDS.
The link between JHS/hEDS and anxiety
Psychiatric symptoms are being increasingly recognized as a key feature of JHS/hEDS. Our group published the first case control study on the association between JHS/hEDS and anxiety in 1988.7 Additional studies have consistently replicated and confirmed these findings in clinical and nonclinical populations, and in adult and geriatric patients.8-12 Specifically, JHS/hEDS has been associated with a higher frequency and greater intensity of fears, greater anxiety severity and somatic concerns, and higher frequency of the so-called endogenous anxiety disorders.6,13 There also is limited but growing evidence that JHS/hEDS is associated with depressive disorders, eating disorders, and neurodevelopmental disorders as well as alcohol and tobacco misuse.6,8,11,14,15
Moving toward a new phenotype. Whereas there is increasing evidence of somatic comorbidity in several major psychiatric disorders, present psychiatric nosology does not include specific psychiatric illnesses associated with medical conditions other than organic dementias and secondary psychiatric conditions. However, the overwhelming data on clinical comorbidity (both somatic and psychiatric) require new nosologic approaches. Following the accumulated evidence on this topic over the past 30 years, our group described the “Neuroconnective phenotype” (Figure 1) on the basis of the collected genetic, neurophysiological, neuroimaging, and clinical data.6 The core of the phenotype includes the “anxiety-joint laxity” association and has 5 dimensions that allow for minor overlap (somatic symptoms, somatic illnesses, psychopathology, behavioral dimensions, and somatosensory symptoms). Each of the 5 dimensions includes features that may be present at different degrees with individual variations.
Continue to: Biologic hypotheses...
Biologic hypotheses that have been proposed to explain the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS are described in the Box6,16-28.
Box
What underlying mechanisms link anxiety and joint hypermobility?
Interestingly, both anxiety and joint hypermobility syndrome/Ehlers-Danlos type 3-hypermobile type (JHS/hEDS) are often underdiagnosed and undertreated, and have similar prevalence in the general population. While it is possible that some psychiatric symptoms can be a consequence of adaptation and difficulties in dealing with chronic illnesses, biologic hypotheses have been considered to explain the association between JHS/hEDS and anxiety. The most accepted biologic hypotheses include:
- genetic risks
- interoceptive sensitivity
- somatosensory amplification
- emotion processing variances
- autonomic nervous system dysfunction.
A duplication of chromosome 15 (DUP-25) was found in patients with both JHS/hEDS and an anxiety disorder,16 but to date, this finding has not been replicated.17,18 The fact that both conditions are highly heritable suggests high likelihood of a genetic linkage. Other theories about the neural connections between mind and body have been proposed. Brain and body are intrinsically and dynamically coupled; perceptions, emotions, and cognitions respond to and change the state of the body.19 In this sense, body perception and dysautonomia have gained recognition.
Patients with JHS/hEDS have higher interoception,20 meaning greater signaling and perception of internal bodily sensations. This is in line with Critchley's hypothesis, in which he describes the influence of visceral inputs over thoughts, feelings, and behavior.21 Consistent with Critchley's views, Porges described the Polyvagal Theory,22 which is phylogenetic approach relating the autonomic nervous system to behavior. Atypical body awareness is a feature of multiple disorders, including anxiety, depression, and JHS/hEDS.19,23-25 Interestingly, a recent neuroimaging study found that interception sensitivity mediated the relationship between anxiety and hypermobility.20
JHS/hEDS patients have greater exteroception (perception of environment), nocioception (pain perception), and somatosensory amplification.6,26 At the same time, they also have decreased proprioception,27 which could explain the coordination difficulties they experience. Neuroimaging studies have confirmed that individuals with JHS/hEDS have structural differences in key emotion processing regions, notably affecting the amygdala bilaterally.28
Together, these findings increase our understanding about the mechanisms through which vulnerability to anxiety disorders and somatic symptoms arises in certain patients.
Continue to: How JHS/hEDS is diagnosed
How JHS/hEDS is diagnosed
The Beighton criteria are the most common set of criteria used to diagnose JHS/hEDS.29 In 2000, Grahame et al30 developed the Brighton criteria, which include some extra-articular features. The “Hospital del Mar” criteria31 (also known as the “Bulbena criteria”) were obtained after a multivariate analysis of margins from the Beighton criteria and the original set of criteria described by Rotés. They showed consistent indicators of reliability, internal consistency, and better predictive validity.31
Recently, several self-assessment questionnaires have been developed. Specifically, based on the Hakim and Grahame questionnaire,32 our group developed a novel self-assessment questionnaire that includes pictures to facilitate the diagnosis.33
However, despite multiple ways of assessing JHS/hEDS, it remains mostly undiagnosed and untreated. Because of this, a new clinician-administered checklist has been developed,34 although this checklist does not include the psychiatric aspects of the disorder, so clinicians who use this checklist should ensure that the patient receives additional psychiatric assessment.
Transforming the clinical value into specific interventions
Anxiety disorders are chronic, disabling, and represent the 6th leading cause of disability worldwide.35 They have a significant impact due to the high cost of frequent medical evaluations and treatment of the physical components of the disorder.36 As a clinical marker for a homogeneous type of anxiety, JHS/hEDS can provide valuable information about a patient’s complete clinical picture, especially about the somatic aspects of the disorder.
No randomized controlled trials have been conducted to evaluate pharmacotherapy as treatment for JHS/hEDS. In a cohort study, the overall use of psychotropi
Continue to: Current nosology of anxiety disorders...
Current nosology of anxiety disorders neglects the somatic aspects and physical manifestations of anxiety, and in general, therapeutic interventions focus only cognitive/psychological aspects of anxiety. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may be effective in treating the cognitive distortions associated with the chronicity of the illness and negative emotions. Baeza-Velasco et al38 found that patients with JHS/hEDS have a tendency toward dysfunctional coping strategies, and CBT may be useful to address those symptoms. Moreover, these individuals often suffer from kinesiophobia and hyperalgesia. Some pilot CBT strategies have been developed, and research suggests that along with exercise, CBT can be a valuable pain management tool in patients with JHS/hEDS.39
Nonetheless, these patients often suffer from several somatic complaints and bodily manifestations (eg, somatosensory amplification, dysautonomia) that require treatment. Thus, interventions that address mind and body connections should be implemented. Some research found meditative therapies for anxiety disorders can be effective,40,41 although further randomized controlled trials are needed.
Based on our proposed “Neuroconnective phenotype,” we suggest a new therapeutic approach to address the 5 dimensions of this phenotype.
Somatic symptoms, such as blue sclera, dislocations, scars, easy bruising, and leptosomatic somatotype, do not require specific intervention, but they provide information about the physical phenotype of JHS/hEDS and can facilitate the diagnosis.
Somatic illnesses. Treatment must address often-found comorbid medical conditions, such as irritable bowel syndrome, other gastrointestinal conditions, temporomandibular dysfunction, fatigue, fibromyalgia, and dysautonomia. Obviously specific attention must be paid to JHS/hEDS, which responds relatively well to physical treatments, including aerobic exercise, and particularly well to expert physiotherapy. Relaxation and meditation techniques also are effective.
Continue to: Psychopathology
Psychopathology. Ensure proper assessment and treatment not only of the anxiety disorder and its dimensions (ie, anticipatory anxiety, high loss sensitivity, depersonalization, impulse phobias, or avoidance behavior), but also of the other related conditions, such as mood disorders, substance use disorders, or eating disorders.
Behavioral dimensions. Defense mechanisms often take individuals with JHS/hEDS to the extremes of a circumflex behavioral model in which the most typical axes include the following: me/others, loss/excess of control, avoidance/invasion, fight/flight, and dependency/isolation. A rich psychotherapeutic approach that focuses on these defense mechanisms and behavioral axes is required to balance these mechanisms.
Somatosensory symptoms. Be aware of, validate, and provide understanding of the patient’s increased sensitivities, including greater pain, body perception, meteorosensitivity, and higher sensitivity to medications and adverse effects.
Additional research is needed
Future directions for exploring the link between anxiety and JHS/hEDS should include the development of new nosologic approaches, the expansion of the therapeutic dimension, and unmasking the common biologic mechanisms using evolutionary models.
1. Tinkle BT, Bird HA, Grahame R, et al. The lack of clinical distinction between the hypermobility type of Ehlers-Danlos syndrome and the joint hypermobility syndrome (a.k.a. hypermobility syndrome). Am J Med Genet A. 2009;149A(11):2368-2370.
2. Hakim A, Grahame R. Joint hypermobility. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol. 2003;17(6):989-1004.
3. Hakim AJ, Grahame R. Non-musculoskeletal symptoms in joint hypermobility syndrome. Indirect evidence for autonomic dysfunction? Rheumatology (Oxford). 2004;43(9):1194-1195.
4. Grahame R, Hakim AJ. Hypermobility. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2008;20(1):106-110.
5. Castori M. Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, hypermobility type: an underdiagnosed hereditary connective tissue disorder with mucocutaneous, articular, and systemic manifestations. ISRN Dermatol. 2012;2012:751768. doi: 10.5402/2012/751768.
6. Bulbena A, Baeza-Velasco C, Bulbena-Cabré A, et al. Psychiatric and psychological aspects in the Ehlers-Danlos syndromes. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2017;175(1):237-245.
7. Bulbena A, Duro JC, Mateo A, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome and anxiety disorders. Lancet. 1988;332(8612):694.
8. Bulbena-Cabré A, Pailhez G, Cabrera A, et al. Body perception in a sample of nonclinical youngsters with joint hypermobility. Ansiedad y Estrés. 2017;23(2-3):99-103.
9. Martín-Santos R, Bulbena A, Porta M, et al. Association between joint hypermobility syndrome and panic disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155(11):1578-1583.
10. Bulbena A, Agulló A, Pailhez G, et al. Is joint hypermobility related to anxiety in a nonclinical population also? Psychosomatics. 2004;45(5):432-437.
11. Bulbena-Cabré A, Baeza-Velasco C, Pailhez G, et al. Psicopatología de la hiperlaxitud articular [in Spanish]. Cuadernos de Neuropsicología/Panamerican Journal of Neuropsychology 2016;10(3):61-70.
12. Bulbena‐Cabré A, Rojo C, Pailhez G, et al. Joint hypermobility is also associated with anxiety disorders in the elderly population. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2018;33(1):e113-e119.
13. Bulbena A, Pailhez G, Bulbena-Cabré A, et al. Joint hypermobility, anxiety and psychosomatics: two and a half decades of progress toward a new phenotype. Adv Psychosom Med. 2015;34:143-157.
14. Smith TO, Easton V, Bacon H, et al. The relationship between benign joint hypermobility syndrome and psychological distress: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2014;53(1):114-122.
15. Cederlöf M, Larsson H, Lichtenstein P, et al. Nationwide population-based cohort study of psychiatric disorders in individuals with Ehlers-Danlos syndrome or hypermobility syndrome and their siblings. BMC Psychiatry. 2016;16(1):207.
16. Gratacòs M, Nadal M, Martín-Santos R, et al. A polymorphic genomic duplication on human chromosome 15 is a susceptibility factor for panic and phobic disorders. Cell. 2001;106(3):367-379.
17. Tabiner M, Youings S, Dennis N, A et al. Failure to find DUP25 in patients with anxiety disorders, in control individuals, or in previously reported positive control cell lines. Am J Hum Genet. 2003;72(3):535-538.
18. Henrichsen CN, Delorme R, Boucherie M, et al. No association between DUP25 and anxiety disorders. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2004;128B(1):80-83.
19. Eccles JA, Owens AP, Mathias CJ, et al. Neurovisceral phenotypes in the expression of psychiatric symptoms. Front Neurosci. 2015;9:4. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2015.00004.
20. Mallorqui-Bagué N, Garfinkel SN, Engels M, et al. Neuroimaging and psychophysiological investigation of the link between anxiety, enhanced affective reactivity and interoception in people with joint hypermobility. Front Psychol. 2014;5:1162. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2014.01162.
21. Critchley HD, Harrison NA. Visceral influences on brain and behavior. Neuron. 2013;77(4):624-638.
22. Porges SW. The polyvagal theory: phylogenetic substrates of a social nervous system. Int J Psychophysiol. 2001;42(2):123-146.
23. Cameron OG. Interoception: the inside story—a model for psychosomatic processes. Psychosom Med. 2001;63(5):697-710.
24. Domschke K, Stevens S, Pfleiderer B, et al. Interoceptive sensitivity in anxiety and anxiety disorders: an overview and integration of neurobiological findings. Clin Psychol Rev. 2010;30(1):1-11.
25. Wiebking C, Bauer A, de Greck M, et al. Abnormal body perception and neural activity in the insula in depression: an fMRI study of the depressed “material me.” World J Biol Psychiatry. 2010;11(3):538-549.
26. Baeza-Velasco C, Gely-Nargeot MC, Vilarrasa AB, et al. Association between psychopathological factors and joint hypermobility syndrome in a group of undergraduates from a French university. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2011;41(2):187-201.
27. Smith TO, Jerman E, Easton V, et al. Do people with benign joint hypermobility syndrome (BJHS) have reduced joint proprioception? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatol Int. 2013;33(11):2709-2716.
28. Eccles JA, Beacher FD, Gray MA, et al. Brain structure and joint hypermobility: relevance to the expression of psychiatric symptoms. Br J Psychiatry. 2012;200(6):508-509.
29. Beighton P, Horan F. Orthopaedic aspects of the Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1969;51(3):444-453.
30. Grahame R, Bird HA, Child A. The revised (Brighton 1998) criteria for the diagnosis of benign joint hypermobility syndrome (BJHS). J Rheumatol. 2000;27(7):1777-1779.
31. Bulbena A, Duró JC, Porta M, et al. Clinical assessment of hypermobility of joints: assembling criteria. J Rheumatol. 1992;19(1):115-122.
32. Hakim AJ, Grahame R. A simple questionnaire to detect hypermobility: an adjunct to the assessment of patients with diffuse musculoskeletal pain. Int J Clin Pract. 2003;57(3):163-166.
33. Bulbena A, Mallorquí-Bagué N, Pailhez G, et al. Self-reported screening questionnaire for the assessment of Joint Hypermobility Syndrome (SQ-CH), a collagen condition, in Spanish population. Eur J Psychiat. 2014;28(1):17-26.
34. Malfait F, Francomano C, Byers P, et al. The 2017 international classification of the Ehlers-Danlos syndromes. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2017;175(1):8-26.
35. Baxter AJ, Vos T, Scott KM, et al. The global burden of anxiety disorders in 2010. Psychol Med. 2014;44(11):2363-2374.
36. Bystritsky A. Treatment-resistant anxiety disorders. Mol Psychiatry. 2006;11(9):805-814.
37. Bulbena A, Gago J, Pailhez G, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome is a risk factor trait for anxiety disorders: a 15-year follow-up cohort study. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2011;33(4):363-370.
38. Baeza-Velasco C, Gély-Nargeot MC, Bulbena Vilarrasa A, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome: problems that require psychological intervention. Rheumatol Int. 2011;31(9):1131-1136.
39. Bathen T, Hangmann AB, Hoff M, et al. Multidisciplinary treatment of disability in ehlers-danlos syndrome hypermobility type/hypermobility syndrome: A pilot study using a combination of physical and cognitive-behavioral therapy on 12 women. Am J Med Genet A. 2013;161A(12): 3005-3011.
40. Chen KW, Berger CC, Manheimer E, et al. Meditative therapies for reducing anxiety: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Depress Anxiety. 2012;29(7):545-562.
41. Krisanaprakornkit T, Sriraj W, Piyavhatkul N, et al. Meditation therapy for anxiety disorders. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;(1):CD004998.
1. Tinkle BT, Bird HA, Grahame R, et al. The lack of clinical distinction between the hypermobility type of Ehlers-Danlos syndrome and the joint hypermobility syndrome (a.k.a. hypermobility syndrome). Am J Med Genet A. 2009;149A(11):2368-2370.
2. Hakim A, Grahame R. Joint hypermobility. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol. 2003;17(6):989-1004.
3. Hakim AJ, Grahame R. Non-musculoskeletal symptoms in joint hypermobility syndrome. Indirect evidence for autonomic dysfunction? Rheumatology (Oxford). 2004;43(9):1194-1195.
4. Grahame R, Hakim AJ. Hypermobility. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2008;20(1):106-110.
5. Castori M. Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, hypermobility type: an underdiagnosed hereditary connective tissue disorder with mucocutaneous, articular, and systemic manifestations. ISRN Dermatol. 2012;2012:751768. doi: 10.5402/2012/751768.
6. Bulbena A, Baeza-Velasco C, Bulbena-Cabré A, et al. Psychiatric and psychological aspects in the Ehlers-Danlos syndromes. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2017;175(1):237-245.
7. Bulbena A, Duro JC, Mateo A, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome and anxiety disorders. Lancet. 1988;332(8612):694.
8. Bulbena-Cabré A, Pailhez G, Cabrera A, et al. Body perception in a sample of nonclinical youngsters with joint hypermobility. Ansiedad y Estrés. 2017;23(2-3):99-103.
9. Martín-Santos R, Bulbena A, Porta M, et al. Association between joint hypermobility syndrome and panic disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155(11):1578-1583.
10. Bulbena A, Agulló A, Pailhez G, et al. Is joint hypermobility related to anxiety in a nonclinical population also? Psychosomatics. 2004;45(5):432-437.
11. Bulbena-Cabré A, Baeza-Velasco C, Pailhez G, et al. Psicopatología de la hiperlaxitud articular [in Spanish]. Cuadernos de Neuropsicología/Panamerican Journal of Neuropsychology 2016;10(3):61-70.
12. Bulbena‐Cabré A, Rojo C, Pailhez G, et al. Joint hypermobility is also associated with anxiety disorders in the elderly population. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2018;33(1):e113-e119.
13. Bulbena A, Pailhez G, Bulbena-Cabré A, et al. Joint hypermobility, anxiety and psychosomatics: two and a half decades of progress toward a new phenotype. Adv Psychosom Med. 2015;34:143-157.
14. Smith TO, Easton V, Bacon H, et al. The relationship between benign joint hypermobility syndrome and psychological distress: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2014;53(1):114-122.
15. Cederlöf M, Larsson H, Lichtenstein P, et al. Nationwide population-based cohort study of psychiatric disorders in individuals with Ehlers-Danlos syndrome or hypermobility syndrome and their siblings. BMC Psychiatry. 2016;16(1):207.
16. Gratacòs M, Nadal M, Martín-Santos R, et al. A polymorphic genomic duplication on human chromosome 15 is a susceptibility factor for panic and phobic disorders. Cell. 2001;106(3):367-379.
17. Tabiner M, Youings S, Dennis N, A et al. Failure to find DUP25 in patients with anxiety disorders, in control individuals, or in previously reported positive control cell lines. Am J Hum Genet. 2003;72(3):535-538.
18. Henrichsen CN, Delorme R, Boucherie M, et al. No association between DUP25 and anxiety disorders. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2004;128B(1):80-83.
19. Eccles JA, Owens AP, Mathias CJ, et al. Neurovisceral phenotypes in the expression of psychiatric symptoms. Front Neurosci. 2015;9:4. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2015.00004.
20. Mallorqui-Bagué N, Garfinkel SN, Engels M, et al. Neuroimaging and psychophysiological investigation of the link between anxiety, enhanced affective reactivity and interoception in people with joint hypermobility. Front Psychol. 2014;5:1162. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2014.01162.
21. Critchley HD, Harrison NA. Visceral influences on brain and behavior. Neuron. 2013;77(4):624-638.
22. Porges SW. The polyvagal theory: phylogenetic substrates of a social nervous system. Int J Psychophysiol. 2001;42(2):123-146.
23. Cameron OG. Interoception: the inside story—a model for psychosomatic processes. Psychosom Med. 2001;63(5):697-710.
24. Domschke K, Stevens S, Pfleiderer B, et al. Interoceptive sensitivity in anxiety and anxiety disorders: an overview and integration of neurobiological findings. Clin Psychol Rev. 2010;30(1):1-11.
25. Wiebking C, Bauer A, de Greck M, et al. Abnormal body perception and neural activity in the insula in depression: an fMRI study of the depressed “material me.” World J Biol Psychiatry. 2010;11(3):538-549.
26. Baeza-Velasco C, Gely-Nargeot MC, Vilarrasa AB, et al. Association between psychopathological factors and joint hypermobility syndrome in a group of undergraduates from a French university. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2011;41(2):187-201.
27. Smith TO, Jerman E, Easton V, et al. Do people with benign joint hypermobility syndrome (BJHS) have reduced joint proprioception? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Rheumatol Int. 2013;33(11):2709-2716.
28. Eccles JA, Beacher FD, Gray MA, et al. Brain structure and joint hypermobility: relevance to the expression of psychiatric symptoms. Br J Psychiatry. 2012;200(6):508-509.
29. Beighton P, Horan F. Orthopaedic aspects of the Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1969;51(3):444-453.
30. Grahame R, Bird HA, Child A. The revised (Brighton 1998) criteria for the diagnosis of benign joint hypermobility syndrome (BJHS). J Rheumatol. 2000;27(7):1777-1779.
31. Bulbena A, Duró JC, Porta M, et al. Clinical assessment of hypermobility of joints: assembling criteria. J Rheumatol. 1992;19(1):115-122.
32. Hakim AJ, Grahame R. A simple questionnaire to detect hypermobility: an adjunct to the assessment of patients with diffuse musculoskeletal pain. Int J Clin Pract. 2003;57(3):163-166.
33. Bulbena A, Mallorquí-Bagué N, Pailhez G, et al. Self-reported screening questionnaire for the assessment of Joint Hypermobility Syndrome (SQ-CH), a collagen condition, in Spanish population. Eur J Psychiat. 2014;28(1):17-26.
34. Malfait F, Francomano C, Byers P, et al. The 2017 international classification of the Ehlers-Danlos syndromes. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2017;175(1):8-26.
35. Baxter AJ, Vos T, Scott KM, et al. The global burden of anxiety disorders in 2010. Psychol Med. 2014;44(11):2363-2374.
36. Bystritsky A. Treatment-resistant anxiety disorders. Mol Psychiatry. 2006;11(9):805-814.
37. Bulbena A, Gago J, Pailhez G, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome is a risk factor trait for anxiety disorders: a 15-year follow-up cohort study. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2011;33(4):363-370.
38. Baeza-Velasco C, Gély-Nargeot MC, Bulbena Vilarrasa A, et al. Joint hypermobility syndrome: problems that require psychological intervention. Rheumatol Int. 2011;31(9):1131-1136.
39. Bathen T, Hangmann AB, Hoff M, et al. Multidisciplinary treatment of disability in ehlers-danlos syndrome hypermobility type/hypermobility syndrome: A pilot study using a combination of physical and cognitive-behavioral therapy on 12 women. Am J Med Genet A. 2013;161A(12): 3005-3011.
40. Chen KW, Berger CC, Manheimer E, et al. Meditative therapies for reducing anxiety: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Depress Anxiety. 2012;29(7):545-562.
41. Krisanaprakornkit T, Sriraj W, Piyavhatkul N, et al. Meditation therapy for anxiety disorders. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;(1):CD004998.
PTSD: A systematic approach to diagnosis and treatment
Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) has increasingly become a part of American culture since its introduction in the American Psychiatric Association’s third edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) in 1980.1 Since then, a proliferation of material about this disorder—both academic and popular—has been generated, yet much confusion persists surrounding the definition of the disorder, its prevalence, and its management. This review addresses the essential elements for diagnosis and treatment of PTSD.
Diagnosis: A closer look at the criteria
Criteria for the diagnosis of PTSD have evolved since 1980, with changes in the definition of trauma and the addition of symptoms and symptom groups.2 Table 13 summarizes the current DSM-5 criteria for PTSD.
Trauma exposure. An essential first step in the diagnosis of PTSD is to determine whether the individual has experienced exposure to trauma. This concept is defined in Criterion A (trauma exposure).3 PTSD is nonconformist among the psychiatric diagnoses in that it requires a specific external event as part of its definition. Misapplication of the trauma exposure criterion by many clinicians and researchers has led to misdiagnosis and erroneously high prevalence estimates of PTSD.4,5
A traumatic event is one that represents a threat to life or limb, specifically defined as “actual or threatened death, serious injury, or sexual violence.”3 DSM-5 does not allow for just any stressful event to be considered trauma. For example, no matter how distressing, failing an important test at school or being served with divorce proceedings do not represent a requisite trauma6 because these examples do not entail a threat to life or limb.
DSM-5 PTSD Criterion A also requires a qualifying exposure to the traumatic event. There are 4 types of qualifying exposures:
- direct experience of immediate serious physical danger
- eyewitness of trauma to others
- indirect exposure via violent or accidental trauma experienced by a close family member or close friend
- repeated or extreme exposure to aversive details of trauma, such as first responders collecting human remains or law enforcement officers being repeatedly exposed to horrific details of child abuse.3
Witnessed trauma must be in person; thus, viewing trauma in media reports would not constitute a qualifying exposure. Indirect trauma exposure can occur through learning of the experience of a qualifying trauma exposure by a close family member or personal friend.
It is critical to differentiate exposure to trauma (an objective construct) from the subjective distress that may be associated with it. If trauma has not occurred or a qualifying exposure is not established, no amount of distress associated with it can establish the experience as meeting Criterion A for PTSD. This does not mean that nonqualifying experiences of stressful events are not distressing; in fact, such experiences can result in substantial psychological angst. Conversely, exposure to trauma is not tantamount to a diagnosis of PTSD, as most trauma exposures do not result in PTSD.7,8
Continue to: Symptom groups
Symptom groups. DSM-5 symptom criteria for PTSD include 4 symptom groups, Criteria B to E, respectively:
- intrusion
- avoidance
- negative cognitions and mood (numbing)
- hyperarousal/reactivity.
A specific number of symptoms must be present in all 4 of the symptom groups to fulfill diagnostic criteria. Importantly, these symptoms must be linked temporally and conceptually to the traumatic exposure to qualify as PTSD symptoms. Specifically, the symptoms must be new or substantially worsened after the event. For example, continuing sleep disturbance in someone who has had lifetime difficulty sleeping would not count as a trauma-related symptom. Most symptom checklists do not properly assess diagnostic criteria for PTSD because they do not anchor the symptoms in an exposure to a traumatic event; diagnosis requires an interview to fully assess all the diagnostic criteria. Finally, the symptoms must have been present for >1 month for the diagnosis, and the symptoms must have resulted in clinically significant distress or functional impairment to qualify.
The Algorithm provides a practical way to systematically assess all DSM-5 criteria for PTSD to arrive at a diagnosis. The clinician begins by determining whether a traumatic event has occurred and whether the individual had a qualifying exposure to it. If not, PTSD cannot be diagnosed. Alternative diagnoses to consider for new disorders that arise in the context of trauma among patients who are not exposed to trauma include major depressive disorder, adjustment disorder, and bereavement, as well as acute stress disorder (which is not validated but has potential utility as a billable diagnosis).
Avoidance and numbing symptoms (present in Criteria C and D) have been shown to represent markers of illness and can be useful in predicting PTSD.8-10 Unlike symptoms of intrusion and hyperarousal (Criteria B and E, respectively), which are very common and by themselves are nonpathological, avoidance/numbing symptoms occur much less commonly, are associated with functional impairment and other indicators of illness, and are strongly associated with PTSD.6 Prominent avoidance/numbing profiles have been demonstrated to predict PTSD in the first 1 to 2 weeks after trauma exposure, before PTSD can be formally diagnosed.11 Posttraumatic stress symptoms are nearly universal after trauma exposure, even in people who do not develop PTSD.5 Intrusion and hyperarousal symptoms constitute most of such symptoms,7 and these symptoms in the absence of prominent avoidance/numbing can be considered normative distress responses to trauma exposure.12
Some PTSD symptoms may seem quite similar to symptoms of depressive disorders and anxiety disorders. PTSD can be differentiated from these other disorders by linking the symptoms temporally and contextually to a qualifying exposure to a traumatic event. More often than not, PTSD presents with comorbid psychiatric disorders, especially depressive disorders, anxiety disorders, and/or substance use disorders.
Continue to: Treatment: Medication, psychotherapy, or both
Treatment: Medication, psychotherapy, or both
Both pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy—as monotherapy or in combination—are beneficial for treatment of PTSD. Research has not conclusively shown either treatment modality to be superior, because adequate head-to-head trials have not been conducted.4 Therefore, the choice of initial treatment is based on individual circumstances, such as patient preference for medication and/or psychotherapy, or the availability of therapists trained in evidence-based PTSD psychotherapy. Pharmacotherapeutic approaches are considered especially beneficial for depressive- and anxiety-like symptoms of PTSD, and trauma-focused psychotherapies are presumed to address the neuropathology of conditioned fear and anxiety responses involved in PTSD.14 Table 214-25 provides a list of published treatment guidelines and reviews to help clinicians seeking further detail beyond that provided in this article.
Antidepressants are the mainstay of pharmacotherapy for PTSD. These medications are effective for treating major depressive disorder, and have beneficial properties for PTSD independent of their antidepressant effects. The serotonin selective reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) sertraline and paroxetine are FDA-approved for the treatment of PTSD.6 Other recommended medications include the serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) venlafaxine, and nefazodone, an atypical serotoninergic agent.13 Other antidepressants with less published evidence of effectiveness are used as second-line pharmacotherapies for PTSD, including fluoxetine (SSRI), and mirtazapine, a noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA).4 Older medications, such as the tricyclic antidepressant amitriptyline and the monoamine oxidase inhibitor phenelzine, have also been used successfully as second-line treatments, but evidence of their benefit is less convincing than that supporting the first-line SSRIs/SNRIs. Additionally, their less favorable adverse effect and safety profiles make them less attractive treatment choices.13 Table 314-25 provides a list of first- and second-line medications for PTSD with recommended dosages and adverse effect profiles.
Other medications. Antiepileptics, antipsychotics, and benzodiazepines have not been demonstrated to have efficacy for primary treatment of PTSD, and none of the medications are considered first-line treatments, although sometimes they are used adjunctively in attempts to enhance the effectiveness of antidepressants. Benzodiazepines are sometimes used to target symptoms, such as sleep disturbance or hyperarousal, but only for very short periods. Several authoritative reviews strongly recommend against practices of polypharmacy that commonly involves use of these agents.4,14 Prazosin, an alpha-1 adrenergic antagonist, has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for nightmares and sleep disturbances, and has grown increasingly popular for treating these symptoms in PTSD, especially in military veterans.13
A well-established barrier to effective pharmacotherapy of PTSD is medication nonadherence.13 Two common underlying sources of nonadherence are inconsistency with the patient’s treatment preference and intolerable adverse effects. Because SSRIs/SNRIs require 8 to 12 weeks of adequate dosing for symptom relief,13 medication adherence is vital. Explaining to patients that it takes many weeks of consistent dosing for clinical effects and reassuring them that the antidepressant agents used to treat PTSD are not habit-forming may help improve adherence.4
Psychotherapy. Prolonged exposure therapy and cognitive processing therapy—both trauma-focused therapies—have the best empirical evidence for efficacy for PTSD.4,14,26 Some patients are too anxious or avoidant to participate in trauma-focused psychotherapy and may benefit from a course of antidepressant treatment before initiating psychotherapy to reduce hyperarousal and avoidance symptoms enough to allow them to tolerate therapy that incorporates trauma memories.6 However, current PTSD treatment guidelines no longer recommend stabilization with medication or preparatory therapy as a routine prerequisite to trauma-focused psychotherapy.4
Continue to: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy...
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy has emerged as a popular trauma-focused therapy with documented effectiveness. During EMDR, the patient attends to emotionally disturbing material in brief sequential doses (which varies with individual patients) while simultaneously focusing on an external stimulus, typically therapist-directed lateral eye movements. Critics of EMDR point out that the theoretical concepts and therapeutic maneuvers (eg, finger movements to guide eye gaze) in EMDR are not consistent with current understanding of the neurobiological processes involved in PTSD. Further, studies testing separate components of the therapy have not established independent effectiveness of the therapeutic maneuvers beyond the therapeutic effects of the psychotherapy components of the procedure.4
Other psychotherapies might also be beneficial, but not enough research has been conducted to provide evidence for their effectiveness.4 Non-trauma–focused psychotherapies used for PTSD include supportive therapy, motivational interviewing, relaxation, and mindfulness. Because these therapies have less evidence of effectiveness, they are now widely considered second-line options. Psychological first aid is not a treatment for PTSD, but rather a nontreatment intervention for distress that is widely used by first responders and crisis counselors to provide compassion, support, and stabilization for people exposed to trauma, whether or not they have developed PTSD. Psychological first aid is supported by expert consensus, but it has not been studied enough to demonstrate how helpful it is as a treatment.6
Comorbidities require careful consideration
PTSD in the presence of other psychiatric disorders may require a unique and specialized approach to pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. For instance, for a patient who has a comorbid substance use disorder, acute substance withdrawal can exacerbate PTSD symptoms. Sertraline is considered a medication of choice for these patients,13 and having a substance abuse specialist on the treatment team is desirable.4,13 A patient with comorbid traumatic brain injury (TBI) may have reduced tolerance to medications, and may require an individually-tailored and elongated titration strategy. Additionally, stimulants sometimes used to improve cognition for patients with comorbid TBI can exacerbate symptoms of hyperarousal, and these patients may need stabilization before beginning PTSD treatment. Antidepressant treatment for PTSD among patients with comorbid bipolar disorder has the potential to induce mania. Psychiatrists must consider these issues when formulating treatment plans for patients with PTSD and specific psychiatric comorbidities.4,6
PTSD symptoms can be chronic, sometimes lasting many years or even decades.27 In a longitudinal study of 716 survivors of 10 different disasters, 62% of those diagnosed with PTSD were still symptomatic 1 to 3 years after the disaster, demonstrating the enduring nature of PTSD symptoms.12 Similarly, a follow-up study of survivors of the Oklahoma City bombing found 58% of those with PTSD and 39% of those without PTSD were still reporting posttraumatic stress symptoms 7 years after the incident.28 Remarkably, these same individuals reported substantially improved functioning at work, with family and personal activities, and social interactions,28 and long-term employment disability specifically related to PTSD is highly unusual.29 Even individuals who continued to report active posttraumatic stress symptoms experienced a return of functioning equivalent to levels in individuals with no PTSD.28 These data suggest that treating psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians can be optimistic that functioning can improve remarkably over the long term, even if posttraumatic stress symptoms persist.
Bottom Line
A thorough understanding of the criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is necessary for accurate diagnosis and treatment. Evidence-based treatment options for adults with PTSD include certain antidepressants and trauma-focused psychotherapies.
Related Resources
- Bernadino M, Nelson KJ. FIGHT to remember PTSD. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(8):17.
- Koola MM. Prazosin and doxazosin for PTSD are underutilized and underdosed. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(3):19-20,47,e1.
Drug Brand Names
Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
Fluoxetine • Prozac, Sarafem
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Nefazodone • Serzone
Paroxetine • Paxil
Phenelzine • Nardil
Prazosin • Minipress
Sertraline • Zoloft
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3rd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1980.
2. North CS, Surís AM, Smith RP, et al. The evolution of PTSD criteria across editions of the DSM. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2016;28(3):197-208.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013
4. Downs DL, North CS. Trauma-related disorders. Overview of posttraumatic stress disorder. https://www.deckerip.com/products/scientific-american-psychiatry/table-of-contents/. Published July 2017. Accessed February 27, 2018.
5. North CS. Disaster mental health epidemiology: methodological review and interpretation of research findings. Psychiatry. 2016; 79(2):130-146.
6. North CS, Yutzy SH. Goodwin and Guze’s Psychiatric Diagnosis, 6th ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2010.
7. North CS, Nixon SJ, Shariat S, et al. Psychiatric disorders among survivors of the Oklahoma City bombing. JAMA. 1999;282(8):755-762.
8. North CS, Pfefferbaum B. Mental Health Response to Community Disasters: A Systematic Review. JAMA. 2013;310(5):507-518.
9. North CS, Pollio DE, Smith, RP, et al. Trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder among employees of New York City companies affected by the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center. Disaster Med Public Health Prep. 2011;5(suppl 2):S205-S213.
10. North CS, Oliver J, Pandya A. Examining a comprehensive model of disaster-related posttraumatic stress disorder in systematically studied survivors of 10 disasters. Am J Public Health. 2012;102(10):e40-e48.
11. Whitman JB, North CS, Downs DL, et al. A prospective study of the onset of PTSD symptoms in the first month after trauma exposure. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2013;25(3):163-172.
12. North CS, Oliver J. Analysis of the longitudinal course of PTSD in 716 survivors of 10 disasters. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2013;48(8):1189-1197.
13. Jeffreys M, Capehart B, Friedman MJ. Pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: review with clinical applications. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2012;49(5):703-715.
14. Lee DJ, Schnitzlein CW, Wolf JP, et al. Psychotherapy versus pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: systemic review and meta-analyses to determine first-line treatments. Depress Anxiety. 2016;33(9):792-806.
15. Foa EB, Keane T, Friedman MJ. Effective treatments for PTSD: practice guidelines from the International Society for traumatic stress studies. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2000.
16. Ursano RJ, Bell C, Eth S, et al; Work Group on ASD and PTSD. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2004.
17. National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health. Post-traumatic stress disorder: the management of PTSD in adults and children in primary and secondary care. London, UK: Gaskell and the British Psychological Society; 2005.
18. Foa EB, Keane TM, Friedman MJ, eds; The Board of Directors of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. Effective treatments for PTSD. 2nd ed. Oakbrook Terrace, IL: The Guilford Press; 2005.
19. Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guidelines. Management of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Acute Stress Reaction 2017. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/. Published June 2017. Accessed February 26, 2018.
20. Phoenix Australia -Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health. Australian guidelines for the treatment of acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Melbourne, Australia: Phoenix Australia Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health; 2013.
21. World Health Organization. Guidelines for the management of conditions specifically related to stress. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization Press; 2013.
22. Benedek DM, Friedman MJ, Zatzick D, et al. Guideline watch (March 2009): practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Focus. 2009;7(2):201-213.
23. Stein DJ, Ipser J, McAnda N. Pharmacotherapy of posttraumatic stress disorder: a review of meta-analyses and treatment guidelines. CNS Spectr. 2009;14(suppl 1):25-31.
24. Forbes D, Creamer M, Bisson JI, et al. A guide to guidelines for the treatment of PTSD and related conditions. J Trauma Stress. 2010;23(5):537-552.
25. Nash WP, Watson PJ. Review of VA/DOD clinical practice guideline on management of acute stress and interventions to prevent posttraumatic stress disorder. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2012;49(5):637-648.
26. Birur B, Moore NC, Davis LL. An evidence-based review of early intervention and prevention of posttraumatic stress disorder. Community Ment Health J. 2017;53(2):183-201.
27. Breslau N, Davis GC. Posttraumatic stress disorder in an urban population of young adults: Risk factors for chronicity. Am J Psychiatry. 1992;149(5):671-675.
28. North CS, Pfefferbaum B, Kawasaki A, et al. Psychosocial adjustment of directly exposed survivors seven years after the Oklahoma City bombing. Compr Psychiatry. 2011;52(1):1-8
29. Rasco SS, North CS. An empirical study of employment and disability over three years among survivors of major disasters. J Am Acad Psychiatry Law. 2010;38(1):80-86.
Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) has increasingly become a part of American culture since its introduction in the American Psychiatric Association’s third edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) in 1980.1 Since then, a proliferation of material about this disorder—both academic and popular—has been generated, yet much confusion persists surrounding the definition of the disorder, its prevalence, and its management. This review addresses the essential elements for diagnosis and treatment of PTSD.
Diagnosis: A closer look at the criteria
Criteria for the diagnosis of PTSD have evolved since 1980, with changes in the definition of trauma and the addition of symptoms and symptom groups.2 Table 13 summarizes the current DSM-5 criteria for PTSD.
Trauma exposure. An essential first step in the diagnosis of PTSD is to determine whether the individual has experienced exposure to trauma. This concept is defined in Criterion A (trauma exposure).3 PTSD is nonconformist among the psychiatric diagnoses in that it requires a specific external event as part of its definition. Misapplication of the trauma exposure criterion by many clinicians and researchers has led to misdiagnosis and erroneously high prevalence estimates of PTSD.4,5
A traumatic event is one that represents a threat to life or limb, specifically defined as “actual or threatened death, serious injury, or sexual violence.”3 DSM-5 does not allow for just any stressful event to be considered trauma. For example, no matter how distressing, failing an important test at school or being served with divorce proceedings do not represent a requisite trauma6 because these examples do not entail a threat to life or limb.
DSM-5 PTSD Criterion A also requires a qualifying exposure to the traumatic event. There are 4 types of qualifying exposures:
- direct experience of immediate serious physical danger
- eyewitness of trauma to others
- indirect exposure via violent or accidental trauma experienced by a close family member or close friend
- repeated or extreme exposure to aversive details of trauma, such as first responders collecting human remains or law enforcement officers being repeatedly exposed to horrific details of child abuse.3
Witnessed trauma must be in person; thus, viewing trauma in media reports would not constitute a qualifying exposure. Indirect trauma exposure can occur through learning of the experience of a qualifying trauma exposure by a close family member or personal friend.
It is critical to differentiate exposure to trauma (an objective construct) from the subjective distress that may be associated with it. If trauma has not occurred or a qualifying exposure is not established, no amount of distress associated with it can establish the experience as meeting Criterion A for PTSD. This does not mean that nonqualifying experiences of stressful events are not distressing; in fact, such experiences can result in substantial psychological angst. Conversely, exposure to trauma is not tantamount to a diagnosis of PTSD, as most trauma exposures do not result in PTSD.7,8
Continue to: Symptom groups
Symptom groups. DSM-5 symptom criteria for PTSD include 4 symptom groups, Criteria B to E, respectively:
- intrusion
- avoidance
- negative cognitions and mood (numbing)
- hyperarousal/reactivity.
A specific number of symptoms must be present in all 4 of the symptom groups to fulfill diagnostic criteria. Importantly, these symptoms must be linked temporally and conceptually to the traumatic exposure to qualify as PTSD symptoms. Specifically, the symptoms must be new or substantially worsened after the event. For example, continuing sleep disturbance in someone who has had lifetime difficulty sleeping would not count as a trauma-related symptom. Most symptom checklists do not properly assess diagnostic criteria for PTSD because they do not anchor the symptoms in an exposure to a traumatic event; diagnosis requires an interview to fully assess all the diagnostic criteria. Finally, the symptoms must have been present for >1 month for the diagnosis, and the symptoms must have resulted in clinically significant distress or functional impairment to qualify.
The Algorithm provides a practical way to systematically assess all DSM-5 criteria for PTSD to arrive at a diagnosis. The clinician begins by determining whether a traumatic event has occurred and whether the individual had a qualifying exposure to it. If not, PTSD cannot be diagnosed. Alternative diagnoses to consider for new disorders that arise in the context of trauma among patients who are not exposed to trauma include major depressive disorder, adjustment disorder, and bereavement, as well as acute stress disorder (which is not validated but has potential utility as a billable diagnosis).
Avoidance and numbing symptoms (present in Criteria C and D) have been shown to represent markers of illness and can be useful in predicting PTSD.8-10 Unlike symptoms of intrusion and hyperarousal (Criteria B and E, respectively), which are very common and by themselves are nonpathological, avoidance/numbing symptoms occur much less commonly, are associated with functional impairment and other indicators of illness, and are strongly associated with PTSD.6 Prominent avoidance/numbing profiles have been demonstrated to predict PTSD in the first 1 to 2 weeks after trauma exposure, before PTSD can be formally diagnosed.11 Posttraumatic stress symptoms are nearly universal after trauma exposure, even in people who do not develop PTSD.5 Intrusion and hyperarousal symptoms constitute most of such symptoms,7 and these symptoms in the absence of prominent avoidance/numbing can be considered normative distress responses to trauma exposure.12
Some PTSD symptoms may seem quite similar to symptoms of depressive disorders and anxiety disorders. PTSD can be differentiated from these other disorders by linking the symptoms temporally and contextually to a qualifying exposure to a traumatic event. More often than not, PTSD presents with comorbid psychiatric disorders, especially depressive disorders, anxiety disorders, and/or substance use disorders.
Continue to: Treatment: Medication, psychotherapy, or both
Treatment: Medication, psychotherapy, or both
Both pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy—as monotherapy or in combination—are beneficial for treatment of PTSD. Research has not conclusively shown either treatment modality to be superior, because adequate head-to-head trials have not been conducted.4 Therefore, the choice of initial treatment is based on individual circumstances, such as patient preference for medication and/or psychotherapy, or the availability of therapists trained in evidence-based PTSD psychotherapy. Pharmacotherapeutic approaches are considered especially beneficial for depressive- and anxiety-like symptoms of PTSD, and trauma-focused psychotherapies are presumed to address the neuropathology of conditioned fear and anxiety responses involved in PTSD.14 Table 214-25 provides a list of published treatment guidelines and reviews to help clinicians seeking further detail beyond that provided in this article.
Antidepressants are the mainstay of pharmacotherapy for PTSD. These medications are effective for treating major depressive disorder, and have beneficial properties for PTSD independent of their antidepressant effects. The serotonin selective reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) sertraline and paroxetine are FDA-approved for the treatment of PTSD.6 Other recommended medications include the serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) venlafaxine, and nefazodone, an atypical serotoninergic agent.13 Other antidepressants with less published evidence of effectiveness are used as second-line pharmacotherapies for PTSD, including fluoxetine (SSRI), and mirtazapine, a noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA).4 Older medications, such as the tricyclic antidepressant amitriptyline and the monoamine oxidase inhibitor phenelzine, have also been used successfully as second-line treatments, but evidence of their benefit is less convincing than that supporting the first-line SSRIs/SNRIs. Additionally, their less favorable adverse effect and safety profiles make them less attractive treatment choices.13 Table 314-25 provides a list of first- and second-line medications for PTSD with recommended dosages and adverse effect profiles.
Other medications. Antiepileptics, antipsychotics, and benzodiazepines have not been demonstrated to have efficacy for primary treatment of PTSD, and none of the medications are considered first-line treatments, although sometimes they are used adjunctively in attempts to enhance the effectiveness of antidepressants. Benzodiazepines are sometimes used to target symptoms, such as sleep disturbance or hyperarousal, but only for very short periods. Several authoritative reviews strongly recommend against practices of polypharmacy that commonly involves use of these agents.4,14 Prazosin, an alpha-1 adrenergic antagonist, has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for nightmares and sleep disturbances, and has grown increasingly popular for treating these symptoms in PTSD, especially in military veterans.13
A well-established barrier to effective pharmacotherapy of PTSD is medication nonadherence.13 Two common underlying sources of nonadherence are inconsistency with the patient’s treatment preference and intolerable adverse effects. Because SSRIs/SNRIs require 8 to 12 weeks of adequate dosing for symptom relief,13 medication adherence is vital. Explaining to patients that it takes many weeks of consistent dosing for clinical effects and reassuring them that the antidepressant agents used to treat PTSD are not habit-forming may help improve adherence.4
Psychotherapy. Prolonged exposure therapy and cognitive processing therapy—both trauma-focused therapies—have the best empirical evidence for efficacy for PTSD.4,14,26 Some patients are too anxious or avoidant to participate in trauma-focused psychotherapy and may benefit from a course of antidepressant treatment before initiating psychotherapy to reduce hyperarousal and avoidance symptoms enough to allow them to tolerate therapy that incorporates trauma memories.6 However, current PTSD treatment guidelines no longer recommend stabilization with medication or preparatory therapy as a routine prerequisite to trauma-focused psychotherapy.4
Continue to: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy...
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy has emerged as a popular trauma-focused therapy with documented effectiveness. During EMDR, the patient attends to emotionally disturbing material in brief sequential doses (which varies with individual patients) while simultaneously focusing on an external stimulus, typically therapist-directed lateral eye movements. Critics of EMDR point out that the theoretical concepts and therapeutic maneuvers (eg, finger movements to guide eye gaze) in EMDR are not consistent with current understanding of the neurobiological processes involved in PTSD. Further, studies testing separate components of the therapy have not established independent effectiveness of the therapeutic maneuvers beyond the therapeutic effects of the psychotherapy components of the procedure.4
Other psychotherapies might also be beneficial, but not enough research has been conducted to provide evidence for their effectiveness.4 Non-trauma–focused psychotherapies used for PTSD include supportive therapy, motivational interviewing, relaxation, and mindfulness. Because these therapies have less evidence of effectiveness, they are now widely considered second-line options. Psychological first aid is not a treatment for PTSD, but rather a nontreatment intervention for distress that is widely used by first responders and crisis counselors to provide compassion, support, and stabilization for people exposed to trauma, whether or not they have developed PTSD. Psychological first aid is supported by expert consensus, but it has not been studied enough to demonstrate how helpful it is as a treatment.6
Comorbidities require careful consideration
PTSD in the presence of other psychiatric disorders may require a unique and specialized approach to pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. For instance, for a patient who has a comorbid substance use disorder, acute substance withdrawal can exacerbate PTSD symptoms. Sertraline is considered a medication of choice for these patients,13 and having a substance abuse specialist on the treatment team is desirable.4,13 A patient with comorbid traumatic brain injury (TBI) may have reduced tolerance to medications, and may require an individually-tailored and elongated titration strategy. Additionally, stimulants sometimes used to improve cognition for patients with comorbid TBI can exacerbate symptoms of hyperarousal, and these patients may need stabilization before beginning PTSD treatment. Antidepressant treatment for PTSD among patients with comorbid bipolar disorder has the potential to induce mania. Psychiatrists must consider these issues when formulating treatment plans for patients with PTSD and specific psychiatric comorbidities.4,6
PTSD symptoms can be chronic, sometimes lasting many years or even decades.27 In a longitudinal study of 716 survivors of 10 different disasters, 62% of those diagnosed with PTSD were still symptomatic 1 to 3 years after the disaster, demonstrating the enduring nature of PTSD symptoms.12 Similarly, a follow-up study of survivors of the Oklahoma City bombing found 58% of those with PTSD and 39% of those without PTSD were still reporting posttraumatic stress symptoms 7 years after the incident.28 Remarkably, these same individuals reported substantially improved functioning at work, with family and personal activities, and social interactions,28 and long-term employment disability specifically related to PTSD is highly unusual.29 Even individuals who continued to report active posttraumatic stress symptoms experienced a return of functioning equivalent to levels in individuals with no PTSD.28 These data suggest that treating psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians can be optimistic that functioning can improve remarkably over the long term, even if posttraumatic stress symptoms persist.
Bottom Line
A thorough understanding of the criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is necessary for accurate diagnosis and treatment. Evidence-based treatment options for adults with PTSD include certain antidepressants and trauma-focused psychotherapies.
Related Resources
- Bernadino M, Nelson KJ. FIGHT to remember PTSD. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(8):17.
- Koola MM. Prazosin and doxazosin for PTSD are underutilized and underdosed. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(3):19-20,47,e1.
Drug Brand Names
Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
Fluoxetine • Prozac, Sarafem
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Nefazodone • Serzone
Paroxetine • Paxil
Phenelzine • Nardil
Prazosin • Minipress
Sertraline • Zoloft
Venlafaxine • Effexor
Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) has increasingly become a part of American culture since its introduction in the American Psychiatric Association’s third edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) in 1980.1 Since then, a proliferation of material about this disorder—both academic and popular—has been generated, yet much confusion persists surrounding the definition of the disorder, its prevalence, and its management. This review addresses the essential elements for diagnosis and treatment of PTSD.
Diagnosis: A closer look at the criteria
Criteria for the diagnosis of PTSD have evolved since 1980, with changes in the definition of trauma and the addition of symptoms and symptom groups.2 Table 13 summarizes the current DSM-5 criteria for PTSD.
Trauma exposure. An essential first step in the diagnosis of PTSD is to determine whether the individual has experienced exposure to trauma. This concept is defined in Criterion A (trauma exposure).3 PTSD is nonconformist among the psychiatric diagnoses in that it requires a specific external event as part of its definition. Misapplication of the trauma exposure criterion by many clinicians and researchers has led to misdiagnosis and erroneously high prevalence estimates of PTSD.4,5
A traumatic event is one that represents a threat to life or limb, specifically defined as “actual or threatened death, serious injury, or sexual violence.”3 DSM-5 does not allow for just any stressful event to be considered trauma. For example, no matter how distressing, failing an important test at school or being served with divorce proceedings do not represent a requisite trauma6 because these examples do not entail a threat to life or limb.
DSM-5 PTSD Criterion A also requires a qualifying exposure to the traumatic event. There are 4 types of qualifying exposures:
- direct experience of immediate serious physical danger
- eyewitness of trauma to others
- indirect exposure via violent or accidental trauma experienced by a close family member or close friend
- repeated or extreme exposure to aversive details of trauma, such as first responders collecting human remains or law enforcement officers being repeatedly exposed to horrific details of child abuse.3
Witnessed trauma must be in person; thus, viewing trauma in media reports would not constitute a qualifying exposure. Indirect trauma exposure can occur through learning of the experience of a qualifying trauma exposure by a close family member or personal friend.
It is critical to differentiate exposure to trauma (an objective construct) from the subjective distress that may be associated with it. If trauma has not occurred or a qualifying exposure is not established, no amount of distress associated with it can establish the experience as meeting Criterion A for PTSD. This does not mean that nonqualifying experiences of stressful events are not distressing; in fact, such experiences can result in substantial psychological angst. Conversely, exposure to trauma is not tantamount to a diagnosis of PTSD, as most trauma exposures do not result in PTSD.7,8
Continue to: Symptom groups
Symptom groups. DSM-5 symptom criteria for PTSD include 4 symptom groups, Criteria B to E, respectively:
- intrusion
- avoidance
- negative cognitions and mood (numbing)
- hyperarousal/reactivity.
A specific number of symptoms must be present in all 4 of the symptom groups to fulfill diagnostic criteria. Importantly, these symptoms must be linked temporally and conceptually to the traumatic exposure to qualify as PTSD symptoms. Specifically, the symptoms must be new or substantially worsened after the event. For example, continuing sleep disturbance in someone who has had lifetime difficulty sleeping would not count as a trauma-related symptom. Most symptom checklists do not properly assess diagnostic criteria for PTSD because they do not anchor the symptoms in an exposure to a traumatic event; diagnosis requires an interview to fully assess all the diagnostic criteria. Finally, the symptoms must have been present for >1 month for the diagnosis, and the symptoms must have resulted in clinically significant distress or functional impairment to qualify.
The Algorithm provides a practical way to systematically assess all DSM-5 criteria for PTSD to arrive at a diagnosis. The clinician begins by determining whether a traumatic event has occurred and whether the individual had a qualifying exposure to it. If not, PTSD cannot be diagnosed. Alternative diagnoses to consider for new disorders that arise in the context of trauma among patients who are not exposed to trauma include major depressive disorder, adjustment disorder, and bereavement, as well as acute stress disorder (which is not validated but has potential utility as a billable diagnosis).
Avoidance and numbing symptoms (present in Criteria C and D) have been shown to represent markers of illness and can be useful in predicting PTSD.8-10 Unlike symptoms of intrusion and hyperarousal (Criteria B and E, respectively), which are very common and by themselves are nonpathological, avoidance/numbing symptoms occur much less commonly, are associated with functional impairment and other indicators of illness, and are strongly associated with PTSD.6 Prominent avoidance/numbing profiles have been demonstrated to predict PTSD in the first 1 to 2 weeks after trauma exposure, before PTSD can be formally diagnosed.11 Posttraumatic stress symptoms are nearly universal after trauma exposure, even in people who do not develop PTSD.5 Intrusion and hyperarousal symptoms constitute most of such symptoms,7 and these symptoms in the absence of prominent avoidance/numbing can be considered normative distress responses to trauma exposure.12
Some PTSD symptoms may seem quite similar to symptoms of depressive disorders and anxiety disorders. PTSD can be differentiated from these other disorders by linking the symptoms temporally and contextually to a qualifying exposure to a traumatic event. More often than not, PTSD presents with comorbid psychiatric disorders, especially depressive disorders, anxiety disorders, and/or substance use disorders.
Continue to: Treatment: Medication, psychotherapy, or both
Treatment: Medication, psychotherapy, or both
Both pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy—as monotherapy or in combination—are beneficial for treatment of PTSD. Research has not conclusively shown either treatment modality to be superior, because adequate head-to-head trials have not been conducted.4 Therefore, the choice of initial treatment is based on individual circumstances, such as patient preference for medication and/or psychotherapy, or the availability of therapists trained in evidence-based PTSD psychotherapy. Pharmacotherapeutic approaches are considered especially beneficial for depressive- and anxiety-like symptoms of PTSD, and trauma-focused psychotherapies are presumed to address the neuropathology of conditioned fear and anxiety responses involved in PTSD.14 Table 214-25 provides a list of published treatment guidelines and reviews to help clinicians seeking further detail beyond that provided in this article.
Antidepressants are the mainstay of pharmacotherapy for PTSD. These medications are effective for treating major depressive disorder, and have beneficial properties for PTSD independent of their antidepressant effects. The serotonin selective reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) sertraline and paroxetine are FDA-approved for the treatment of PTSD.6 Other recommended medications include the serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) venlafaxine, and nefazodone, an atypical serotoninergic agent.13 Other antidepressants with less published evidence of effectiveness are used as second-line pharmacotherapies for PTSD, including fluoxetine (SSRI), and mirtazapine, a noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA).4 Older medications, such as the tricyclic antidepressant amitriptyline and the monoamine oxidase inhibitor phenelzine, have also been used successfully as second-line treatments, but evidence of their benefit is less convincing than that supporting the first-line SSRIs/SNRIs. Additionally, their less favorable adverse effect and safety profiles make them less attractive treatment choices.13 Table 314-25 provides a list of first- and second-line medications for PTSD with recommended dosages and adverse effect profiles.
Other medications. Antiepileptics, antipsychotics, and benzodiazepines have not been demonstrated to have efficacy for primary treatment of PTSD, and none of the medications are considered first-line treatments, although sometimes they are used adjunctively in attempts to enhance the effectiveness of antidepressants. Benzodiazepines are sometimes used to target symptoms, such as sleep disturbance or hyperarousal, but only for very short periods. Several authoritative reviews strongly recommend against practices of polypharmacy that commonly involves use of these agents.4,14 Prazosin, an alpha-1 adrenergic antagonist, has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for nightmares and sleep disturbances, and has grown increasingly popular for treating these symptoms in PTSD, especially in military veterans.13
A well-established barrier to effective pharmacotherapy of PTSD is medication nonadherence.13 Two common underlying sources of nonadherence are inconsistency with the patient’s treatment preference and intolerable adverse effects. Because SSRIs/SNRIs require 8 to 12 weeks of adequate dosing for symptom relief,13 medication adherence is vital. Explaining to patients that it takes many weeks of consistent dosing for clinical effects and reassuring them that the antidepressant agents used to treat PTSD are not habit-forming may help improve adherence.4
Psychotherapy. Prolonged exposure therapy and cognitive processing therapy—both trauma-focused therapies—have the best empirical evidence for efficacy for PTSD.4,14,26 Some patients are too anxious or avoidant to participate in trauma-focused psychotherapy and may benefit from a course of antidepressant treatment before initiating psychotherapy to reduce hyperarousal and avoidance symptoms enough to allow them to tolerate therapy that incorporates trauma memories.6 However, current PTSD treatment guidelines no longer recommend stabilization with medication or preparatory therapy as a routine prerequisite to trauma-focused psychotherapy.4
Continue to: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy...
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy has emerged as a popular trauma-focused therapy with documented effectiveness. During EMDR, the patient attends to emotionally disturbing material in brief sequential doses (which varies with individual patients) while simultaneously focusing on an external stimulus, typically therapist-directed lateral eye movements. Critics of EMDR point out that the theoretical concepts and therapeutic maneuvers (eg, finger movements to guide eye gaze) in EMDR are not consistent with current understanding of the neurobiological processes involved in PTSD. Further, studies testing separate components of the therapy have not established independent effectiveness of the therapeutic maneuvers beyond the therapeutic effects of the psychotherapy components of the procedure.4
Other psychotherapies might also be beneficial, but not enough research has been conducted to provide evidence for their effectiveness.4 Non-trauma–focused psychotherapies used for PTSD include supportive therapy, motivational interviewing, relaxation, and mindfulness. Because these therapies have less evidence of effectiveness, they are now widely considered second-line options. Psychological first aid is not a treatment for PTSD, but rather a nontreatment intervention for distress that is widely used by first responders and crisis counselors to provide compassion, support, and stabilization for people exposed to trauma, whether or not they have developed PTSD. Psychological first aid is supported by expert consensus, but it has not been studied enough to demonstrate how helpful it is as a treatment.6
Comorbidities require careful consideration
PTSD in the presence of other psychiatric disorders may require a unique and specialized approach to pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. For instance, for a patient who has a comorbid substance use disorder, acute substance withdrawal can exacerbate PTSD symptoms. Sertraline is considered a medication of choice for these patients,13 and having a substance abuse specialist on the treatment team is desirable.4,13 A patient with comorbid traumatic brain injury (TBI) may have reduced tolerance to medications, and may require an individually-tailored and elongated titration strategy. Additionally, stimulants sometimes used to improve cognition for patients with comorbid TBI can exacerbate symptoms of hyperarousal, and these patients may need stabilization before beginning PTSD treatment. Antidepressant treatment for PTSD among patients with comorbid bipolar disorder has the potential to induce mania. Psychiatrists must consider these issues when formulating treatment plans for patients with PTSD and specific psychiatric comorbidities.4,6
PTSD symptoms can be chronic, sometimes lasting many years or even decades.27 In a longitudinal study of 716 survivors of 10 different disasters, 62% of those diagnosed with PTSD were still symptomatic 1 to 3 years after the disaster, demonstrating the enduring nature of PTSD symptoms.12 Similarly, a follow-up study of survivors of the Oklahoma City bombing found 58% of those with PTSD and 39% of those without PTSD were still reporting posttraumatic stress symptoms 7 years after the incident.28 Remarkably, these same individuals reported substantially improved functioning at work, with family and personal activities, and social interactions,28 and long-term employment disability specifically related to PTSD is highly unusual.29 Even individuals who continued to report active posttraumatic stress symptoms experienced a return of functioning equivalent to levels in individuals with no PTSD.28 These data suggest that treating psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians can be optimistic that functioning can improve remarkably over the long term, even if posttraumatic stress symptoms persist.
Bottom Line
A thorough understanding of the criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is necessary for accurate diagnosis and treatment. Evidence-based treatment options for adults with PTSD include certain antidepressants and trauma-focused psychotherapies.
Related Resources
- Bernadino M, Nelson KJ. FIGHT to remember PTSD. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(8):17.
- Koola MM. Prazosin and doxazosin for PTSD are underutilized and underdosed. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(3):19-20,47,e1.
Drug Brand Names
Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
Fluoxetine • Prozac, Sarafem
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Nefazodone • Serzone
Paroxetine • Paxil
Phenelzine • Nardil
Prazosin • Minipress
Sertraline • Zoloft
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3rd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1980.
2. North CS, Surís AM, Smith RP, et al. The evolution of PTSD criteria across editions of the DSM. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2016;28(3):197-208.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013
4. Downs DL, North CS. Trauma-related disorders. Overview of posttraumatic stress disorder. https://www.deckerip.com/products/scientific-american-psychiatry/table-of-contents/. Published July 2017. Accessed February 27, 2018.
5. North CS. Disaster mental health epidemiology: methodological review and interpretation of research findings. Psychiatry. 2016; 79(2):130-146.
6. North CS, Yutzy SH. Goodwin and Guze’s Psychiatric Diagnosis, 6th ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2010.
7. North CS, Nixon SJ, Shariat S, et al. Psychiatric disorders among survivors of the Oklahoma City bombing. JAMA. 1999;282(8):755-762.
8. North CS, Pfefferbaum B. Mental Health Response to Community Disasters: A Systematic Review. JAMA. 2013;310(5):507-518.
9. North CS, Pollio DE, Smith, RP, et al. Trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder among employees of New York City companies affected by the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center. Disaster Med Public Health Prep. 2011;5(suppl 2):S205-S213.
10. North CS, Oliver J, Pandya A. Examining a comprehensive model of disaster-related posttraumatic stress disorder in systematically studied survivors of 10 disasters. Am J Public Health. 2012;102(10):e40-e48.
11. Whitman JB, North CS, Downs DL, et al. A prospective study of the onset of PTSD symptoms in the first month after trauma exposure. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2013;25(3):163-172.
12. North CS, Oliver J. Analysis of the longitudinal course of PTSD in 716 survivors of 10 disasters. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2013;48(8):1189-1197.
13. Jeffreys M, Capehart B, Friedman MJ. Pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: review with clinical applications. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2012;49(5):703-715.
14. Lee DJ, Schnitzlein CW, Wolf JP, et al. Psychotherapy versus pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: systemic review and meta-analyses to determine first-line treatments. Depress Anxiety. 2016;33(9):792-806.
15. Foa EB, Keane T, Friedman MJ. Effective treatments for PTSD: practice guidelines from the International Society for traumatic stress studies. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2000.
16. Ursano RJ, Bell C, Eth S, et al; Work Group on ASD and PTSD. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2004.
17. National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health. Post-traumatic stress disorder: the management of PTSD in adults and children in primary and secondary care. London, UK: Gaskell and the British Psychological Society; 2005.
18. Foa EB, Keane TM, Friedman MJ, eds; The Board of Directors of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. Effective treatments for PTSD. 2nd ed. Oakbrook Terrace, IL: The Guilford Press; 2005.
19. Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guidelines. Management of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Acute Stress Reaction 2017. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/. Published June 2017. Accessed February 26, 2018.
20. Phoenix Australia -Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health. Australian guidelines for the treatment of acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Melbourne, Australia: Phoenix Australia Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health; 2013.
21. World Health Organization. Guidelines for the management of conditions specifically related to stress. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization Press; 2013.
22. Benedek DM, Friedman MJ, Zatzick D, et al. Guideline watch (March 2009): practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Focus. 2009;7(2):201-213.
23. Stein DJ, Ipser J, McAnda N. Pharmacotherapy of posttraumatic stress disorder: a review of meta-analyses and treatment guidelines. CNS Spectr. 2009;14(suppl 1):25-31.
24. Forbes D, Creamer M, Bisson JI, et al. A guide to guidelines for the treatment of PTSD and related conditions. J Trauma Stress. 2010;23(5):537-552.
25. Nash WP, Watson PJ. Review of VA/DOD clinical practice guideline on management of acute stress and interventions to prevent posttraumatic stress disorder. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2012;49(5):637-648.
26. Birur B, Moore NC, Davis LL. An evidence-based review of early intervention and prevention of posttraumatic stress disorder. Community Ment Health J. 2017;53(2):183-201.
27. Breslau N, Davis GC. Posttraumatic stress disorder in an urban population of young adults: Risk factors for chronicity. Am J Psychiatry. 1992;149(5):671-675.
28. North CS, Pfefferbaum B, Kawasaki A, et al. Psychosocial adjustment of directly exposed survivors seven years after the Oklahoma City bombing. Compr Psychiatry. 2011;52(1):1-8
29. Rasco SS, North CS. An empirical study of employment and disability over three years among survivors of major disasters. J Am Acad Psychiatry Law. 2010;38(1):80-86.
1. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3rd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1980.
2. North CS, Surís AM, Smith RP, et al. The evolution of PTSD criteria across editions of the DSM. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2016;28(3):197-208.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013
4. Downs DL, North CS. Trauma-related disorders. Overview of posttraumatic stress disorder. https://www.deckerip.com/products/scientific-american-psychiatry/table-of-contents/. Published July 2017. Accessed February 27, 2018.
5. North CS. Disaster mental health epidemiology: methodological review and interpretation of research findings. Psychiatry. 2016; 79(2):130-146.
6. North CS, Yutzy SH. Goodwin and Guze’s Psychiatric Diagnosis, 6th ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2010.
7. North CS, Nixon SJ, Shariat S, et al. Psychiatric disorders among survivors of the Oklahoma City bombing. JAMA. 1999;282(8):755-762.
8. North CS, Pfefferbaum B. Mental Health Response to Community Disasters: A Systematic Review. JAMA. 2013;310(5):507-518.
9. North CS, Pollio DE, Smith, RP, et al. Trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder among employees of New York City companies affected by the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center. Disaster Med Public Health Prep. 2011;5(suppl 2):S205-S213.
10. North CS, Oliver J, Pandya A. Examining a comprehensive model of disaster-related posttraumatic stress disorder in systematically studied survivors of 10 disasters. Am J Public Health. 2012;102(10):e40-e48.
11. Whitman JB, North CS, Downs DL, et al. A prospective study of the onset of PTSD symptoms in the first month after trauma exposure. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2013;25(3):163-172.
12. North CS, Oliver J. Analysis of the longitudinal course of PTSD in 716 survivors of 10 disasters. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2013;48(8):1189-1197.
13. Jeffreys M, Capehart B, Friedman MJ. Pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: review with clinical applications. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2012;49(5):703-715.
14. Lee DJ, Schnitzlein CW, Wolf JP, et al. Psychotherapy versus pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: systemic review and meta-analyses to determine first-line treatments. Depress Anxiety. 2016;33(9):792-806.
15. Foa EB, Keane T, Friedman MJ. Effective treatments for PTSD: practice guidelines from the International Society for traumatic stress studies. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2000.
16. Ursano RJ, Bell C, Eth S, et al; Work Group on ASD and PTSD. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2004.
17. National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health. Post-traumatic stress disorder: the management of PTSD in adults and children in primary and secondary care. London, UK: Gaskell and the British Psychological Society; 2005.
18. Foa EB, Keane TM, Friedman MJ, eds; The Board of Directors of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies. Effective treatments for PTSD. 2nd ed. Oakbrook Terrace, IL: The Guilford Press; 2005.
19. Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guidelines. Management of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Acute Stress Reaction 2017. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/. Published June 2017. Accessed February 26, 2018.
20. Phoenix Australia -Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health. Australian guidelines for the treatment of acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Melbourne, Australia: Phoenix Australia Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health; 2013.
21. World Health Organization. Guidelines for the management of conditions specifically related to stress. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization Press; 2013.
22. Benedek DM, Friedman MJ, Zatzick D, et al. Guideline watch (March 2009): practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Focus. 2009;7(2):201-213.
23. Stein DJ, Ipser J, McAnda N. Pharmacotherapy of posttraumatic stress disorder: a review of meta-analyses and treatment guidelines. CNS Spectr. 2009;14(suppl 1):25-31.
24. Forbes D, Creamer M, Bisson JI, et al. A guide to guidelines for the treatment of PTSD and related conditions. J Trauma Stress. 2010;23(5):537-552.
25. Nash WP, Watson PJ. Review of VA/DOD clinical practice guideline on management of acute stress and interventions to prevent posttraumatic stress disorder. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2012;49(5):637-648.
26. Birur B, Moore NC, Davis LL. An evidence-based review of early intervention and prevention of posttraumatic stress disorder. Community Ment Health J. 2017;53(2):183-201.
27. Breslau N, Davis GC. Posttraumatic stress disorder in an urban population of young adults: Risk factors for chronicity. Am J Psychiatry. 1992;149(5):671-675.
28. North CS, Pfefferbaum B, Kawasaki A, et al. Psychosocial adjustment of directly exposed survivors seven years after the Oklahoma City bombing. Compr Psychiatry. 2011;52(1):1-8
29. Rasco SS, North CS. An empirical study of employment and disability over three years among survivors of major disasters. J Am Acad Psychiatry Law. 2010;38(1):80-86.
Visual hallucinations and severe anxiety in the ICU after surgery
CASE Anxiety in the ICU
Mr. B, age 42, an African American man, is admitted to the inpatient medical unit for surgical treatment of peritoneal carcinomatosis with pelvic exenteration. He has a history of metastatic rectal cancer, chronic pain, and hypertension, but no psychiatric history. Mr. B’s postsurgical hospital stay is complicated by treatment-resistant tachycardia and hypertension, and he requires a lengthy stay in the ICU. In the ICU, Mr. B reports having visual hallucinations where he sees an individual placing a drug in his IV line. Additionally, he reports severe anxiety related to this experience. His anxiety and visual hallucinations are treated with coadministration of IV lorazepam, diphenhydramine, and haloperidol. These medications resolve the hallucinations, but his anxiety worsens and he becomes restless. He receives additional doses of IV haloperidol administered in 5 mg increments and reaching a cumulative 12-hour dose of 50 mg. Mr. B continues to report anxiety, so the psychiatry consultation-liaison (C-L) service is called.
[polldaddy:9970907]
The authors’ observations
Determining the cause of Mr. B’s anxiety is challenging because of his prolonged medical course, com
From a medical perspective, in a post-surgical patient treated in the ICU, the consulting practitioner must pay particular attention to delirium. ICU delirium is common—one report indicated that it occurs in 32.3% of ICU patients1—and frequently confused with psychiatric morbidity.2 Identifying delirium as the cause of impairment is important because delirium has potentially modifiable underlying etiologies. Symptomatically, delirium presents as impairment and fluctuation in attention, awareness, and at least one other cognitive domain, with a clear indication that the impairment occurred over a short period of time and represents a departure from baseline.3 In Mr. B’s case, these symptoms have not been excluded and should be considered by the C-L psychiatrists.
In addition to delirium, the C-L team must consider psychiatric comorbidity. Mr. B has no psychiatric history and a sudden first occurrence of hallucinations; therefore, it is unlikely that he has developed a primary psychotic disorder. Because he reported his symptoms had been present only for several days, he would not meet criteria for schizophrenia, which according to DSM-5 criteria require at least 1 month of ≥2 symptoms (including delusions, hallucinations, disorganized speech, disorganized behavior, or negative symptoms) and 6 months of declining function.3 However, although it is improbable, the C-L team must consider a primary psychotic illness, particularly given the potential devastating consequence of being misdiagnosed and mismanaged for an alternative illness. Unlike psychotic disorders, anxiety disorders are significantly more prevalent in the U.S. general population than primary psychotic disorders.4 Furthermore, the prevalence of anxiety disorders increases in the ICU setting; one study found that up to 61% of ICU patients setting experience “anxiety features.”5 Therefore, anxiety disorders and stress disorders should be considered in ICU patients who exhibit psychiatric symptoms.
Clinicians also should consider medication-induced adverse effects. In the ICU, patients are frequently managed on multiple medications, which increase their risk of developing adverse effects and adverse reactions.6 One potential consequence of polypharmacy is delirium, which remains a relevant potential diagnosis for Mr. B.7 Alternative consequences vary by medication and their respective pharmacodynamics. We take into consideration Mr. B’s exposure to high doses of the high-potency antipsychotic agent, haloperidol. Exposure to haloperidol can result in extrapyramidal symptoms, including akathisia,8,9,10 and the rare, but potentially fatal, NMS.11 These reactions can often be distinguished by taking a thorough history and a physical evaluation. In the case of akathisia, the clinician should look for medication exposure, titration, or taper. Most commonly, akathisia occurs secondary to antipsychotic exposure,12 followed by the onset of a combination of subjective symptoms, such as restlessness, anxiety, and irritability, and an objective symptom of increased motor activity.3 NMS, on the other hand, is distinguished by symptoms that include hyperthermia (>38ºC), diaphoresis, severe rigidity, urinary incontinence, vital instability, alterations in mental health status, and elevations in creatine kinase greater than 4-fold the upper limit, usually in the setting of treatment with antipsychotics.3 Nearly all cases of NMS occur within the first 30 days of antipsychotic exposure.3 While, overtly, NMS may appear to be less subtle than akathisia, clinicians should still be weary to rule out this admittedly rare, though potentially lethal diagnosis, especially in an ICU patient, where the diagnosis can be muddied by medical comorbidities that may mask the syndrome.
Continue to: EVALUATION Focus on akathisia
EVALUATION Focus on akathisia
On interview by the C-L team, Mr. B is visibly restless, moving all 4 extremities. He reports increased anxiety and irritability over the past 2 to 3 days. Mr. B states that he is aware of his increased motor movements and can briefly suppress them. However, after several seconds, he again begins spontaneously fidgeting, moving all 4 extremities and shifting from side to side in bed, saying, “I just feel anxious.” He denies having visual hallucinations, and says that the previous hallucinations had spontaneously presented and remitted after surgery. He denies the use of psychotropics for mental illness, prior similar symptoms to this presentation, a family history of mental illness, recent illicit substance use, or excessive alcohol use prior to presentation. This history is corroborated by collateral information from his brother, who was present in the ICU. On physical examination, Mr. B is afebrile and his vital signs are within normal limits. He does not have muscular rigidity or neck dystonia. His laboratory values, including complete blood count, electrolytes, liver function tests, and creatine phosphokinase, are within normal limits.
His medication administration record includes 46 standing agents, 16 “as-needed” agents, and 8 infusions. Several of the standing agents had psychotropic properties; however, the most salient were several opioids, ketamine, midazolam, lorazepam, dexamethasone, haloperidol, and olanzapine.
[polldaddy:9970908]
The authors’ observations
We determined that the most likely diagnosis for Mr. B’s symptoms was medication-induced akathisia secondary to haloperidol. Akathisia, coined by Haskovec in 1901,12,13 is from Greek, meaning an “inability to sit.”12 DSM-5 describes 2 forms of akathisia: medication-induced acute akathisia, and tardive akathisia.3 In the literature, others have described additional classifications, including chronic akathisia, withdrawal akathisia, and pseudoakathisia (Table 13,14-17). In Mr. B’s case, given his sudden development of symptoms and their direct chronologic relationship to antipsychotic treatment, and his combined subjective and objective symptoms, we believed that Mr. B’s symptoms were consistent with medication-induced acute akathisia (MIA). The identification and treatment of this clinical entity is important for several reasons, including reducing patient morbidity and maximizing patient comfort. Additionally, because akathisia has been associated with poor medication adherence, increased agitation/aggression, increased suicidality, and the eventual development of tardive dyskinesia,18 it is a relevant prognostic consideration when deciding to treat a patient with antipsychotics.
Pathophysiologically, we have yet to fully shed light on the exact underpinnings of akathisia. Much of our present knowledge stems from patient response to pharmacologic agents. While dopamine blockade has been linked to akathisia, the exact mechanism is not completely understood. Previous theories linking nigrostriatal pathways have been expanded to include mesocortical and mesolimbic considerations.12,17,18 Similarly surmised from medication effects, the transmitters y-aminobutyric acid, serotonin/5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT), norepinephrine, and acetylcholine also have been linked to this syndrome, though as of yet, exact gross pathophysiologic mechanisms have not been fully elucidated.12 More recently, Stahl and Loonen19 described a novel mechanism by which they link the shell of the nucleus accumbens to akathisia. In their report, they indicate that the potential reduction in dopaminergic activity, secondary to antipsychotic administration, can result in compensatory noradrenergic activation of the locus coeruleus.19 The increased noradrenergic activity results in the downstream activation of the shell of the nucleus accumbens.19 The activation of the nucleus accumbens shell, which has been linked to unconditioned feeding and fear behavior, can then result in a cascade of effects that would phenotypically present as the syndrome we recognize to be akathisia.19
Numerous etiologies have been linked to MIA. Of these, high-potency antipsychotics are believed to remain the greatest risk factor for akathisia,18 although atypical antipsychotics, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, have been linked to the disorder.18,19
Continue to: Regarding antipsychotics...
Regarding antipsychotics, risk factors for akathisia include drug potency, dose, and rapidity of titration.20 All of these factors were relevant in our patient’s case. Risk across antipsychotic classes is not well understood; few head-to-head studies have comparing antipsychotics. However, general estimates suggest a 15% to 40% prevalence in patients exposed to typical antipsychotics, as compared with 0% to 12% exposed to atypical antipsychotics.8 The literature-reported difference in risk, as well as our patient’s comparative difference in exposure to large doses of haloperidol (50 mg) as compared with 1 dose of olanzapine (5 mg), led us to believe his akathisia developed primarily due to his exposure to haloperidol. Conclusively linking his symptoms to haloperidol alone, however, is not possible, and we did consider that olanzapine may in fact have had some effect in worsening Mr. B’s akathisia.
[polldaddy:9970909]
The authors’ observations
While there are reports on the efficacy of various agents in the treatment of akathisia, the most commonly evaluated agents are propranolol, anticholinergics, and benzodiazepines.17, 21
Propranolol is a nonselective beta-adrenergic blocker with numerous indications.17 Despite a 2004 Cochrane Review indicating that there is no evidence in support of central acting beta-blockers for treating akathisia,22 propranolol is not yet recognized as an appropriate treatment.17 The reason for this discrepancy is likely due to the Cochrane Review’s restrictive inclusion criteria, which prevented the analysis of much of the literature.22 In fact, several reports cite evidence for the treatment efficacy of propranolol17 and, to date, some reports continue to advocate for its use as a first-line agent in the treatment of akathisia. Admittedly, besides the Cochrane Review,22 other reports have found propranolol to be ineffective for treating akathisia,23 although these tend to be limited by their population size and generalizability.
As with propranolol, a 2006 Cochrane Review found “no reliable evidence to support or refute” using anticholinergic agents in the treatment of akathisia.24 We suspect that the review’s findings were likely secondary to its strict inclusion criteria.24 In fact, several reports support using anticholinergic agents for treating akathisia.25 Here we focus on benztropine and diphenhydramine.
Two reviews—Blaisdell26 (1994) and Poyurovsky27 (2010)—suggest modest benefits from benztropine, primarily in patients with comorbid Parkinson’s disease. Despite these benefits, head-to-head trials seem to either point to the superiority of propranolol or to no difference between these agents for treating akathisia.28,29 In a review, we only found 1 trial demonstrating benztropine’s superiority over propranolol,23 but this trial was constrained by its small population (6 patients). Therefore, the data suggest that, when indicated, clinicians should lean towards using propranolol for treating akathisia.
Continue to: Diphenhydramine, a first-generation antihistamine...
Diphenhydramine, a first-generation antihistamine with antimuscarinic properties, has been studied for its efficacy in treating metoclopramide-induced akathisia in the emergency setting.30 There are several reports on the efficacy of this agent, including a large randomized study involving 281 patients that found it effective for preventing metoclopramide-induced akathisia.30 Another head-to-head trial reported the benefit of the diphenhydramine vs midazolam.31 Both agents were efficacious for treating akathisia; however, midazolam had a more rapid onset. Despite these positive reports, double-blind trials have found diphenhydramine to be ineffective,17 which suggests propranolol should be the first-line agent, assuming it is not contraindicated.
Benzodiazepines have also been found to be efficacious for treating akathisia. A 1999 Cochrane Review included 2 randomized controlled trials that assessed the efficacy of clonazepam vs placebo for treating akathisia.32 It found evidence of benefit for clonazepam, but questioned the generalizability of these studies.32 This review did not include several other reports that suggest benefits of other benzodiazepines for treating akathisia. Other than clonazepam, reports suggest benefit for diazepam, lorazepam, and midazolam for treating akathisia.17 Despite this evidence and the findings from this Cochrane Review, the literature does not appear to point to clear dominance of these agents over propranolol. Given the safety concerns when prescribing benzodiazepines, it would be prudent to utilize propranolol as a first-line agent for treating akathisia.
Finally, other reports have cited treatment efficacy linked to serotonin 2A receptor (5-HT2A) antagonists (mianserin, mirtazapine, and trazodone), clonidine, gabapentin, amantadine, and other agents.17 If treatment with propranolol is ineffective or contraindicated, clinicians should utilize their clinical judgement in deciding on the use of one agent over another.
OUTCOME Complete resolution
Haloperidol is discontinued and diphenhydramine, 50 mg IV, is administered. (Diphenhydramine was used instead of propranolol due to immediacy of availability.) Most of Mr. B’s signs and symptoms resolve on a repeat interview 3 hours later. He receives another dose of diphenhydramine, 25 mg IV, for persistent mild irritability. By Day 2 of follow-up, his symptoms completely resolve as measured on the Barnes Akathisia Scale33 (Table 2).
Continue to: Bottom Line
Bottom Line
Akathisia is an elusive adverse effect of antipsychotics and can be misdiagnosed as anxiety. Close consideration should be given to potential medical, psychiatric, and drug-related etiologies in patients who have a prolonged medical course, comorbidities, and exposure to multiple pharmacologic agents.
Related Resources
- Factor SA, Leffler JB, Murray CF. Drug-induced movement disorders: a clinical review. Medscape. http://www.medscape.org/viewarticle/586881.
- Marder S, Stroup TS. Pharmacotherapy for schizophrenia: side effect management. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pharmacotherapy-for-schizophrenia-side-effect-management.
Drug Brand Names
Amantadine • Symmetrel
Benztropine • Cogentin
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Clonidine • Catapres
Dexamethasone • Decadron
Diazepam • Valium
Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
Gabapentin • Neurontin
Haloperidol • Haldol
Ketamine • Ketalar
Lorazepam • Ativan
Metoclopramide • Reglan
Mianserin • Tolvon
Midazolam • Versed
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Propranolol • Inderal
Rivastigmine • Exelon
Trazodone • Oleptro
1. Cavallazzi R, Saad M, Marik PE. Delirium in the ICU: an overview. Ann Intensive Care. 2012;2:49.
2. Farrell KR, Ganzini L. Misdiagnosing delirium as depression in medically ill elderly patients. Arch Intern Med. 1995;155(22):2459-2464.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. National Alliance on Mental Illness. Mental health by the numbers. https://www.nami.org/learn-more/mental-health-by-the-numbers. Accessed March 4, 2018.
5. Jacka MJ, Mitchell N, Perez-Parada J. Incidence and prevalence of anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder among critical care patients, families, and practitioners. J Anest & Inten Care Med. 2016;1(1):55555. doi: 10.19080/JAICM.2016.01.555555.
6. Reis AM, Cassiani SH. Adverse drug events in an intensive care unit of a university hospital. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;67(6):625-632.
7. Garpestad E, Devlin JW. Polypharmacy and delirium in critically ill older adults: recognition and prevention. Clin Geriatr Med. 2017;33(2):189-203.
8. Caroff SN, Hurford I, Lybrand J, et al. Movement disorders induced by antipsychotic drugs: implications of the CATIE schizophrenia trial. Neurol Clin. 2011;29(1):127-148.
9. Van Putten T, Marder SR. Toward a more reliable diagnosis of akathisia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1986;43(10):1015-1016.
10. Penders TM, Agarwal S, Rohaidy R. Persistent akathisia masquerading as agitated depression after use of ziprasidone in the treatment of bipolar depression. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2013;9:463-465.
11. Naganuma H, Fujii I. Incidence and risk factors in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1994;90(6):424-426.
12. Forcen FE, Matsoukas K, Alici Y. Antipsychotic-induced akathisia in delirium: a systematic review. Palliat Support Care. 2016;14(1):77-84.
13. Brune M, Sachdev, PS. Ladislav Haskovec and 100 years of akathisia. American Journal of Psychiatry. 2002;159(5):727-727.
14. Havaki-Kontaxaki BJ, Kontaxakis VP, Christodoulou GN. Prevalence and characteristics of patients with pseudoakathisia. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2000;10(5):333-336.
15. Lang AE. Withdrawal akathisia: case reports and a proposed classification of chronic akathisia. Mov Disord. 1994;9(2):188-192.
16. Sachdev P. The epidemiology of drug-induced akathisia: Part II. Chronic, tardive, and withdrawal akathisias. Schizophr Bull. 1995;21(3):451-461.
17. Kern DS, Lang AE. Acute akathisia. In: Friedman JH, ed. Medication-induced movement disorders. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; 2015:12-24.
18. Adler LA, Angrist B, Reiter S, et al. Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a review. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 1989;97(1):1-11.
19. Stahl SM, Loonen AJM. The mechanism of drug-induced akathisia. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(1):7-10.
20. Sachdev P, Kruk J. Clinical characteristics and predisposing factors in acute drug-induced akathisia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1994;51(12):963-974.
21. Laoutidis ZG, Luckhaus C. 5-HT2A receptor antagonists for the treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2014;17(5):823-832.
22. Lima AR, Bacalcthuk J, Barnes TR, et al. Central action beta-blockers versus placebo for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;(4):CD001946.
23. Sachdev P, Loneragan C. Intravenous benztropine and propranolol challenges in acute neuroleptic-induced akathisia. Clin Neuropharmacol. 1993;16(4):324-331.
24. Lima AR, Weiser KV, Bacaltchuk J, et al. Anticholinergics for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;(1):CD003727.
25. Fleischhacker WW, Roth SD, Kane JM. The pharmacologic treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1990;10(1):12-21.
26. Blaisdell GD. Akathisia: a comprehensive review and treatment summary. Pharmacopsychiatry. 1994;27(4):139-146.
27. Poyurovsky M. Acute antipsychotic-induced akathisia revisited. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(2):89-91.
28. Adler LA, Reiter S, Corwin J, et al. Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: propranolol versus benztropine. Biol Psychiatry. 1988;23(2):211-213.
29. Adler LA, Peselow E, Rosenthal M, et al. A controlled comparison of the effects of propranolol, benztropine, and placebo on akathisia: an interim analysis. Psychopharmacol Bull. 1993;29(2):283-286.
30. Bender B, Friedman B, Davitt M, et al. 118: metoclopramide in the emergency department: a randomized factorial design study to determine the influence of dose and diphenhydramine on akathisia. Ann of Emerg Med. 2008;52(4):S78.
31. Parlak I, Erdur B, Parlak M, et al. Midazolam vs. diphenhydramine for the treatment of metoclopramide-induced akathisia: a randomized controlled trial. Acad Emerg Med. 2007;14(8):715-721.
32. Lima AR, Soares-Weiser K, Bacaltchuk J, et al. Benzodiazepines for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 1999;(4):CD001950.
33. Barnes TR. A rating scale for drug-induced akathisia. Br J Psychiatry. 1989;154(5):672-676..
CASE Anxiety in the ICU
Mr. B, age 42, an African American man, is admitted to the inpatient medical unit for surgical treatment of peritoneal carcinomatosis with pelvic exenteration. He has a history of metastatic rectal cancer, chronic pain, and hypertension, but no psychiatric history. Mr. B’s postsurgical hospital stay is complicated by treatment-resistant tachycardia and hypertension, and he requires a lengthy stay in the ICU. In the ICU, Mr. B reports having visual hallucinations where he sees an individual placing a drug in his IV line. Additionally, he reports severe anxiety related to this experience. His anxiety and visual hallucinations are treated with coadministration of IV lorazepam, diphenhydramine, and haloperidol. These medications resolve the hallucinations, but his anxiety worsens and he becomes restless. He receives additional doses of IV haloperidol administered in 5 mg increments and reaching a cumulative 12-hour dose of 50 mg. Mr. B continues to report anxiety, so the psychiatry consultation-liaison (C-L) service is called.
[polldaddy:9970907]
The authors’ observations
Determining the cause of Mr. B’s anxiety is challenging because of his prolonged medical course, com
From a medical perspective, in a post-surgical patient treated in the ICU, the consulting practitioner must pay particular attention to delirium. ICU delirium is common—one report indicated that it occurs in 32.3% of ICU patients1—and frequently confused with psychiatric morbidity.2 Identifying delirium as the cause of impairment is important because delirium has potentially modifiable underlying etiologies. Symptomatically, delirium presents as impairment and fluctuation in attention, awareness, and at least one other cognitive domain, with a clear indication that the impairment occurred over a short period of time and represents a departure from baseline.3 In Mr. B’s case, these symptoms have not been excluded and should be considered by the C-L psychiatrists.
In addition to delirium, the C-L team must consider psychiatric comorbidity. Mr. B has no psychiatric history and a sudden first occurrence of hallucinations; therefore, it is unlikely that he has developed a primary psychotic disorder. Because he reported his symptoms had been present only for several days, he would not meet criteria for schizophrenia, which according to DSM-5 criteria require at least 1 month of ≥2 symptoms (including delusions, hallucinations, disorganized speech, disorganized behavior, or negative symptoms) and 6 months of declining function.3 However, although it is improbable, the C-L team must consider a primary psychotic illness, particularly given the potential devastating consequence of being misdiagnosed and mismanaged for an alternative illness. Unlike psychotic disorders, anxiety disorders are significantly more prevalent in the U.S. general population than primary psychotic disorders.4 Furthermore, the prevalence of anxiety disorders increases in the ICU setting; one study found that up to 61% of ICU patients setting experience “anxiety features.”5 Therefore, anxiety disorders and stress disorders should be considered in ICU patients who exhibit psychiatric symptoms.
Clinicians also should consider medication-induced adverse effects. In the ICU, patients are frequently managed on multiple medications, which increase their risk of developing adverse effects and adverse reactions.6 One potential consequence of polypharmacy is delirium, which remains a relevant potential diagnosis for Mr. B.7 Alternative consequences vary by medication and their respective pharmacodynamics. We take into consideration Mr. B’s exposure to high doses of the high-potency antipsychotic agent, haloperidol. Exposure to haloperidol can result in extrapyramidal symptoms, including akathisia,8,9,10 and the rare, but potentially fatal, NMS.11 These reactions can often be distinguished by taking a thorough history and a physical evaluation. In the case of akathisia, the clinician should look for medication exposure, titration, or taper. Most commonly, akathisia occurs secondary to antipsychotic exposure,12 followed by the onset of a combination of subjective symptoms, such as restlessness, anxiety, and irritability, and an objective symptom of increased motor activity.3 NMS, on the other hand, is distinguished by symptoms that include hyperthermia (>38ºC), diaphoresis, severe rigidity, urinary incontinence, vital instability, alterations in mental health status, and elevations in creatine kinase greater than 4-fold the upper limit, usually in the setting of treatment with antipsychotics.3 Nearly all cases of NMS occur within the first 30 days of antipsychotic exposure.3 While, overtly, NMS may appear to be less subtle than akathisia, clinicians should still be weary to rule out this admittedly rare, though potentially lethal diagnosis, especially in an ICU patient, where the diagnosis can be muddied by medical comorbidities that may mask the syndrome.
Continue to: EVALUATION Focus on akathisia
EVALUATION Focus on akathisia
On interview by the C-L team, Mr. B is visibly restless, moving all 4 extremities. He reports increased anxiety and irritability over the past 2 to 3 days. Mr. B states that he is aware of his increased motor movements and can briefly suppress them. However, after several seconds, he again begins spontaneously fidgeting, moving all 4 extremities and shifting from side to side in bed, saying, “I just feel anxious.” He denies having visual hallucinations, and says that the previous hallucinations had spontaneously presented and remitted after surgery. He denies the use of psychotropics for mental illness, prior similar symptoms to this presentation, a family history of mental illness, recent illicit substance use, or excessive alcohol use prior to presentation. This history is corroborated by collateral information from his brother, who was present in the ICU. On physical examination, Mr. B is afebrile and his vital signs are within normal limits. He does not have muscular rigidity or neck dystonia. His laboratory values, including complete blood count, electrolytes, liver function tests, and creatine phosphokinase, are within normal limits.
His medication administration record includes 46 standing agents, 16 “as-needed” agents, and 8 infusions. Several of the standing agents had psychotropic properties; however, the most salient were several opioids, ketamine, midazolam, lorazepam, dexamethasone, haloperidol, and olanzapine.
[polldaddy:9970908]
The authors’ observations
We determined that the most likely diagnosis for Mr. B’s symptoms was medication-induced akathisia secondary to haloperidol. Akathisia, coined by Haskovec in 1901,12,13 is from Greek, meaning an “inability to sit.”12 DSM-5 describes 2 forms of akathisia: medication-induced acute akathisia, and tardive akathisia.3 In the literature, others have described additional classifications, including chronic akathisia, withdrawal akathisia, and pseudoakathisia (Table 13,14-17). In Mr. B’s case, given his sudden development of symptoms and their direct chronologic relationship to antipsychotic treatment, and his combined subjective and objective symptoms, we believed that Mr. B’s symptoms were consistent with medication-induced acute akathisia (MIA). The identification and treatment of this clinical entity is important for several reasons, including reducing patient morbidity and maximizing patient comfort. Additionally, because akathisia has been associated with poor medication adherence, increased agitation/aggression, increased suicidality, and the eventual development of tardive dyskinesia,18 it is a relevant prognostic consideration when deciding to treat a patient with antipsychotics.
Pathophysiologically, we have yet to fully shed light on the exact underpinnings of akathisia. Much of our present knowledge stems from patient response to pharmacologic agents. While dopamine blockade has been linked to akathisia, the exact mechanism is not completely understood. Previous theories linking nigrostriatal pathways have been expanded to include mesocortical and mesolimbic considerations.12,17,18 Similarly surmised from medication effects, the transmitters y-aminobutyric acid, serotonin/5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT), norepinephrine, and acetylcholine also have been linked to this syndrome, though as of yet, exact gross pathophysiologic mechanisms have not been fully elucidated.12 More recently, Stahl and Loonen19 described a novel mechanism by which they link the shell of the nucleus accumbens to akathisia. In their report, they indicate that the potential reduction in dopaminergic activity, secondary to antipsychotic administration, can result in compensatory noradrenergic activation of the locus coeruleus.19 The increased noradrenergic activity results in the downstream activation of the shell of the nucleus accumbens.19 The activation of the nucleus accumbens shell, which has been linked to unconditioned feeding and fear behavior, can then result in a cascade of effects that would phenotypically present as the syndrome we recognize to be akathisia.19
Numerous etiologies have been linked to MIA. Of these, high-potency antipsychotics are believed to remain the greatest risk factor for akathisia,18 although atypical antipsychotics, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, have been linked to the disorder.18,19
Continue to: Regarding antipsychotics...
Regarding antipsychotics, risk factors for akathisia include drug potency, dose, and rapidity of titration.20 All of these factors were relevant in our patient’s case. Risk across antipsychotic classes is not well understood; few head-to-head studies have comparing antipsychotics. However, general estimates suggest a 15% to 40% prevalence in patients exposed to typical antipsychotics, as compared with 0% to 12% exposed to atypical antipsychotics.8 The literature-reported difference in risk, as well as our patient’s comparative difference in exposure to large doses of haloperidol (50 mg) as compared with 1 dose of olanzapine (5 mg), led us to believe his akathisia developed primarily due to his exposure to haloperidol. Conclusively linking his symptoms to haloperidol alone, however, is not possible, and we did consider that olanzapine may in fact have had some effect in worsening Mr. B’s akathisia.
[polldaddy:9970909]
The authors’ observations
While there are reports on the efficacy of various agents in the treatment of akathisia, the most commonly evaluated agents are propranolol, anticholinergics, and benzodiazepines.17, 21
Propranolol is a nonselective beta-adrenergic blocker with numerous indications.17 Despite a 2004 Cochrane Review indicating that there is no evidence in support of central acting beta-blockers for treating akathisia,22 propranolol is not yet recognized as an appropriate treatment.17 The reason for this discrepancy is likely due to the Cochrane Review’s restrictive inclusion criteria, which prevented the analysis of much of the literature.22 In fact, several reports cite evidence for the treatment efficacy of propranolol17 and, to date, some reports continue to advocate for its use as a first-line agent in the treatment of akathisia. Admittedly, besides the Cochrane Review,22 other reports have found propranolol to be ineffective for treating akathisia,23 although these tend to be limited by their population size and generalizability.
As with propranolol, a 2006 Cochrane Review found “no reliable evidence to support or refute” using anticholinergic agents in the treatment of akathisia.24 We suspect that the review’s findings were likely secondary to its strict inclusion criteria.24 In fact, several reports support using anticholinergic agents for treating akathisia.25 Here we focus on benztropine and diphenhydramine.
Two reviews—Blaisdell26 (1994) and Poyurovsky27 (2010)—suggest modest benefits from benztropine, primarily in patients with comorbid Parkinson’s disease. Despite these benefits, head-to-head trials seem to either point to the superiority of propranolol or to no difference between these agents for treating akathisia.28,29 In a review, we only found 1 trial demonstrating benztropine’s superiority over propranolol,23 but this trial was constrained by its small population (6 patients). Therefore, the data suggest that, when indicated, clinicians should lean towards using propranolol for treating akathisia.
Continue to: Diphenhydramine, a first-generation antihistamine...
Diphenhydramine, a first-generation antihistamine with antimuscarinic properties, has been studied for its efficacy in treating metoclopramide-induced akathisia in the emergency setting.30 There are several reports on the efficacy of this agent, including a large randomized study involving 281 patients that found it effective for preventing metoclopramide-induced akathisia.30 Another head-to-head trial reported the benefit of the diphenhydramine vs midazolam.31 Both agents were efficacious for treating akathisia; however, midazolam had a more rapid onset. Despite these positive reports, double-blind trials have found diphenhydramine to be ineffective,17 which suggests propranolol should be the first-line agent, assuming it is not contraindicated.
Benzodiazepines have also been found to be efficacious for treating akathisia. A 1999 Cochrane Review included 2 randomized controlled trials that assessed the efficacy of clonazepam vs placebo for treating akathisia.32 It found evidence of benefit for clonazepam, but questioned the generalizability of these studies.32 This review did not include several other reports that suggest benefits of other benzodiazepines for treating akathisia. Other than clonazepam, reports suggest benefit for diazepam, lorazepam, and midazolam for treating akathisia.17 Despite this evidence and the findings from this Cochrane Review, the literature does not appear to point to clear dominance of these agents over propranolol. Given the safety concerns when prescribing benzodiazepines, it would be prudent to utilize propranolol as a first-line agent for treating akathisia.
Finally, other reports have cited treatment efficacy linked to serotonin 2A receptor (5-HT2A) antagonists (mianserin, mirtazapine, and trazodone), clonidine, gabapentin, amantadine, and other agents.17 If treatment with propranolol is ineffective or contraindicated, clinicians should utilize their clinical judgement in deciding on the use of one agent over another.
OUTCOME Complete resolution
Haloperidol is discontinued and diphenhydramine, 50 mg IV, is administered. (Diphenhydramine was used instead of propranolol due to immediacy of availability.) Most of Mr. B’s signs and symptoms resolve on a repeat interview 3 hours later. He receives another dose of diphenhydramine, 25 mg IV, for persistent mild irritability. By Day 2 of follow-up, his symptoms completely resolve as measured on the Barnes Akathisia Scale33 (Table 2).
Continue to: Bottom Line
Bottom Line
Akathisia is an elusive adverse effect of antipsychotics and can be misdiagnosed as anxiety. Close consideration should be given to potential medical, psychiatric, and drug-related etiologies in patients who have a prolonged medical course, comorbidities, and exposure to multiple pharmacologic agents.
Related Resources
- Factor SA, Leffler JB, Murray CF. Drug-induced movement disorders: a clinical review. Medscape. http://www.medscape.org/viewarticle/586881.
- Marder S, Stroup TS. Pharmacotherapy for schizophrenia: side effect management. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pharmacotherapy-for-schizophrenia-side-effect-management.
Drug Brand Names
Amantadine • Symmetrel
Benztropine • Cogentin
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Clonidine • Catapres
Dexamethasone • Decadron
Diazepam • Valium
Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
Gabapentin • Neurontin
Haloperidol • Haldol
Ketamine • Ketalar
Lorazepam • Ativan
Metoclopramide • Reglan
Mianserin • Tolvon
Midazolam • Versed
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Propranolol • Inderal
Rivastigmine • Exelon
Trazodone • Oleptro
CASE Anxiety in the ICU
Mr. B, age 42, an African American man, is admitted to the inpatient medical unit for surgical treatment of peritoneal carcinomatosis with pelvic exenteration. He has a history of metastatic rectal cancer, chronic pain, and hypertension, but no psychiatric history. Mr. B’s postsurgical hospital stay is complicated by treatment-resistant tachycardia and hypertension, and he requires a lengthy stay in the ICU. In the ICU, Mr. B reports having visual hallucinations where he sees an individual placing a drug in his IV line. Additionally, he reports severe anxiety related to this experience. His anxiety and visual hallucinations are treated with coadministration of IV lorazepam, diphenhydramine, and haloperidol. These medications resolve the hallucinations, but his anxiety worsens and he becomes restless. He receives additional doses of IV haloperidol administered in 5 mg increments and reaching a cumulative 12-hour dose of 50 mg. Mr. B continues to report anxiety, so the psychiatry consultation-liaison (C-L) service is called.
[polldaddy:9970907]
The authors’ observations
Determining the cause of Mr. B’s anxiety is challenging because of his prolonged medical course, com
From a medical perspective, in a post-surgical patient treated in the ICU, the consulting practitioner must pay particular attention to delirium. ICU delirium is common—one report indicated that it occurs in 32.3% of ICU patients1—and frequently confused with psychiatric morbidity.2 Identifying delirium as the cause of impairment is important because delirium has potentially modifiable underlying etiologies. Symptomatically, delirium presents as impairment and fluctuation in attention, awareness, and at least one other cognitive domain, with a clear indication that the impairment occurred over a short period of time and represents a departure from baseline.3 In Mr. B’s case, these symptoms have not been excluded and should be considered by the C-L psychiatrists.
In addition to delirium, the C-L team must consider psychiatric comorbidity. Mr. B has no psychiatric history and a sudden first occurrence of hallucinations; therefore, it is unlikely that he has developed a primary psychotic disorder. Because he reported his symptoms had been present only for several days, he would not meet criteria for schizophrenia, which according to DSM-5 criteria require at least 1 month of ≥2 symptoms (including delusions, hallucinations, disorganized speech, disorganized behavior, or negative symptoms) and 6 months of declining function.3 However, although it is improbable, the C-L team must consider a primary psychotic illness, particularly given the potential devastating consequence of being misdiagnosed and mismanaged for an alternative illness. Unlike psychotic disorders, anxiety disorders are significantly more prevalent in the U.S. general population than primary psychotic disorders.4 Furthermore, the prevalence of anxiety disorders increases in the ICU setting; one study found that up to 61% of ICU patients setting experience “anxiety features.”5 Therefore, anxiety disorders and stress disorders should be considered in ICU patients who exhibit psychiatric symptoms.
Clinicians also should consider medication-induced adverse effects. In the ICU, patients are frequently managed on multiple medications, which increase their risk of developing adverse effects and adverse reactions.6 One potential consequence of polypharmacy is delirium, which remains a relevant potential diagnosis for Mr. B.7 Alternative consequences vary by medication and their respective pharmacodynamics. We take into consideration Mr. B’s exposure to high doses of the high-potency antipsychotic agent, haloperidol. Exposure to haloperidol can result in extrapyramidal symptoms, including akathisia,8,9,10 and the rare, but potentially fatal, NMS.11 These reactions can often be distinguished by taking a thorough history and a physical evaluation. In the case of akathisia, the clinician should look for medication exposure, titration, or taper. Most commonly, akathisia occurs secondary to antipsychotic exposure,12 followed by the onset of a combination of subjective symptoms, such as restlessness, anxiety, and irritability, and an objective symptom of increased motor activity.3 NMS, on the other hand, is distinguished by symptoms that include hyperthermia (>38ºC), diaphoresis, severe rigidity, urinary incontinence, vital instability, alterations in mental health status, and elevations in creatine kinase greater than 4-fold the upper limit, usually in the setting of treatment with antipsychotics.3 Nearly all cases of NMS occur within the first 30 days of antipsychotic exposure.3 While, overtly, NMS may appear to be less subtle than akathisia, clinicians should still be weary to rule out this admittedly rare, though potentially lethal diagnosis, especially in an ICU patient, where the diagnosis can be muddied by medical comorbidities that may mask the syndrome.
Continue to: EVALUATION Focus on akathisia
EVALUATION Focus on akathisia
On interview by the C-L team, Mr. B is visibly restless, moving all 4 extremities. He reports increased anxiety and irritability over the past 2 to 3 days. Mr. B states that he is aware of his increased motor movements and can briefly suppress them. However, after several seconds, he again begins spontaneously fidgeting, moving all 4 extremities and shifting from side to side in bed, saying, “I just feel anxious.” He denies having visual hallucinations, and says that the previous hallucinations had spontaneously presented and remitted after surgery. He denies the use of psychotropics for mental illness, prior similar symptoms to this presentation, a family history of mental illness, recent illicit substance use, or excessive alcohol use prior to presentation. This history is corroborated by collateral information from his brother, who was present in the ICU. On physical examination, Mr. B is afebrile and his vital signs are within normal limits. He does not have muscular rigidity or neck dystonia. His laboratory values, including complete blood count, electrolytes, liver function tests, and creatine phosphokinase, are within normal limits.
His medication administration record includes 46 standing agents, 16 “as-needed” agents, and 8 infusions. Several of the standing agents had psychotropic properties; however, the most salient were several opioids, ketamine, midazolam, lorazepam, dexamethasone, haloperidol, and olanzapine.
[polldaddy:9970908]
The authors’ observations
We determined that the most likely diagnosis for Mr. B’s symptoms was medication-induced akathisia secondary to haloperidol. Akathisia, coined by Haskovec in 1901,12,13 is from Greek, meaning an “inability to sit.”12 DSM-5 describes 2 forms of akathisia: medication-induced acute akathisia, and tardive akathisia.3 In the literature, others have described additional classifications, including chronic akathisia, withdrawal akathisia, and pseudoakathisia (Table 13,14-17). In Mr. B’s case, given his sudden development of symptoms and their direct chronologic relationship to antipsychotic treatment, and his combined subjective and objective symptoms, we believed that Mr. B’s symptoms were consistent with medication-induced acute akathisia (MIA). The identification and treatment of this clinical entity is important for several reasons, including reducing patient morbidity and maximizing patient comfort. Additionally, because akathisia has been associated with poor medication adherence, increased agitation/aggression, increased suicidality, and the eventual development of tardive dyskinesia,18 it is a relevant prognostic consideration when deciding to treat a patient with antipsychotics.
Pathophysiologically, we have yet to fully shed light on the exact underpinnings of akathisia. Much of our present knowledge stems from patient response to pharmacologic agents. While dopamine blockade has been linked to akathisia, the exact mechanism is not completely understood. Previous theories linking nigrostriatal pathways have been expanded to include mesocortical and mesolimbic considerations.12,17,18 Similarly surmised from medication effects, the transmitters y-aminobutyric acid, serotonin/5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT), norepinephrine, and acetylcholine also have been linked to this syndrome, though as of yet, exact gross pathophysiologic mechanisms have not been fully elucidated.12 More recently, Stahl and Loonen19 described a novel mechanism by which they link the shell of the nucleus accumbens to akathisia. In their report, they indicate that the potential reduction in dopaminergic activity, secondary to antipsychotic administration, can result in compensatory noradrenergic activation of the locus coeruleus.19 The increased noradrenergic activity results in the downstream activation of the shell of the nucleus accumbens.19 The activation of the nucleus accumbens shell, which has been linked to unconditioned feeding and fear behavior, can then result in a cascade of effects that would phenotypically present as the syndrome we recognize to be akathisia.19
Numerous etiologies have been linked to MIA. Of these, high-potency antipsychotics are believed to remain the greatest risk factor for akathisia,18 although atypical antipsychotics, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, have been linked to the disorder.18,19
Continue to: Regarding antipsychotics...
Regarding antipsychotics, risk factors for akathisia include drug potency, dose, and rapidity of titration.20 All of these factors were relevant in our patient’s case. Risk across antipsychotic classes is not well understood; few head-to-head studies have comparing antipsychotics. However, general estimates suggest a 15% to 40% prevalence in patients exposed to typical antipsychotics, as compared with 0% to 12% exposed to atypical antipsychotics.8 The literature-reported difference in risk, as well as our patient’s comparative difference in exposure to large doses of haloperidol (50 mg) as compared with 1 dose of olanzapine (5 mg), led us to believe his akathisia developed primarily due to his exposure to haloperidol. Conclusively linking his symptoms to haloperidol alone, however, is not possible, and we did consider that olanzapine may in fact have had some effect in worsening Mr. B’s akathisia.
[polldaddy:9970909]
The authors’ observations
While there are reports on the efficacy of various agents in the treatment of akathisia, the most commonly evaluated agents are propranolol, anticholinergics, and benzodiazepines.17, 21
Propranolol is a nonselective beta-adrenergic blocker with numerous indications.17 Despite a 2004 Cochrane Review indicating that there is no evidence in support of central acting beta-blockers for treating akathisia,22 propranolol is not yet recognized as an appropriate treatment.17 The reason for this discrepancy is likely due to the Cochrane Review’s restrictive inclusion criteria, which prevented the analysis of much of the literature.22 In fact, several reports cite evidence for the treatment efficacy of propranolol17 and, to date, some reports continue to advocate for its use as a first-line agent in the treatment of akathisia. Admittedly, besides the Cochrane Review,22 other reports have found propranolol to be ineffective for treating akathisia,23 although these tend to be limited by their population size and generalizability.
As with propranolol, a 2006 Cochrane Review found “no reliable evidence to support or refute” using anticholinergic agents in the treatment of akathisia.24 We suspect that the review’s findings were likely secondary to its strict inclusion criteria.24 In fact, several reports support using anticholinergic agents for treating akathisia.25 Here we focus on benztropine and diphenhydramine.
Two reviews—Blaisdell26 (1994) and Poyurovsky27 (2010)—suggest modest benefits from benztropine, primarily in patients with comorbid Parkinson’s disease. Despite these benefits, head-to-head trials seem to either point to the superiority of propranolol or to no difference between these agents for treating akathisia.28,29 In a review, we only found 1 trial demonstrating benztropine’s superiority over propranolol,23 but this trial was constrained by its small population (6 patients). Therefore, the data suggest that, when indicated, clinicians should lean towards using propranolol for treating akathisia.
Continue to: Diphenhydramine, a first-generation antihistamine...
Diphenhydramine, a first-generation antihistamine with antimuscarinic properties, has been studied for its efficacy in treating metoclopramide-induced akathisia in the emergency setting.30 There are several reports on the efficacy of this agent, including a large randomized study involving 281 patients that found it effective for preventing metoclopramide-induced akathisia.30 Another head-to-head trial reported the benefit of the diphenhydramine vs midazolam.31 Both agents were efficacious for treating akathisia; however, midazolam had a more rapid onset. Despite these positive reports, double-blind trials have found diphenhydramine to be ineffective,17 which suggests propranolol should be the first-line agent, assuming it is not contraindicated.
Benzodiazepines have also been found to be efficacious for treating akathisia. A 1999 Cochrane Review included 2 randomized controlled trials that assessed the efficacy of clonazepam vs placebo for treating akathisia.32 It found evidence of benefit for clonazepam, but questioned the generalizability of these studies.32 This review did not include several other reports that suggest benefits of other benzodiazepines for treating akathisia. Other than clonazepam, reports suggest benefit for diazepam, lorazepam, and midazolam for treating akathisia.17 Despite this evidence and the findings from this Cochrane Review, the literature does not appear to point to clear dominance of these agents over propranolol. Given the safety concerns when prescribing benzodiazepines, it would be prudent to utilize propranolol as a first-line agent for treating akathisia.
Finally, other reports have cited treatment efficacy linked to serotonin 2A receptor (5-HT2A) antagonists (mianserin, mirtazapine, and trazodone), clonidine, gabapentin, amantadine, and other agents.17 If treatment with propranolol is ineffective or contraindicated, clinicians should utilize their clinical judgement in deciding on the use of one agent over another.
OUTCOME Complete resolution
Haloperidol is discontinued and diphenhydramine, 50 mg IV, is administered. (Diphenhydramine was used instead of propranolol due to immediacy of availability.) Most of Mr. B’s signs and symptoms resolve on a repeat interview 3 hours later. He receives another dose of diphenhydramine, 25 mg IV, for persistent mild irritability. By Day 2 of follow-up, his symptoms completely resolve as measured on the Barnes Akathisia Scale33 (Table 2).
Continue to: Bottom Line
Bottom Line
Akathisia is an elusive adverse effect of antipsychotics and can be misdiagnosed as anxiety. Close consideration should be given to potential medical, psychiatric, and drug-related etiologies in patients who have a prolonged medical course, comorbidities, and exposure to multiple pharmacologic agents.
Related Resources
- Factor SA, Leffler JB, Murray CF. Drug-induced movement disorders: a clinical review. Medscape. http://www.medscape.org/viewarticle/586881.
- Marder S, Stroup TS. Pharmacotherapy for schizophrenia: side effect management. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pharmacotherapy-for-schizophrenia-side-effect-management.
Drug Brand Names
Amantadine • Symmetrel
Benztropine • Cogentin
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Clonidine • Catapres
Dexamethasone • Decadron
Diazepam • Valium
Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
Gabapentin • Neurontin
Haloperidol • Haldol
Ketamine • Ketalar
Lorazepam • Ativan
Metoclopramide • Reglan
Mianserin • Tolvon
Midazolam • Versed
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Propranolol • Inderal
Rivastigmine • Exelon
Trazodone • Oleptro
1. Cavallazzi R, Saad M, Marik PE. Delirium in the ICU: an overview. Ann Intensive Care. 2012;2:49.
2. Farrell KR, Ganzini L. Misdiagnosing delirium as depression in medically ill elderly patients. Arch Intern Med. 1995;155(22):2459-2464.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. National Alliance on Mental Illness. Mental health by the numbers. https://www.nami.org/learn-more/mental-health-by-the-numbers. Accessed March 4, 2018.
5. Jacka MJ, Mitchell N, Perez-Parada J. Incidence and prevalence of anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder among critical care patients, families, and practitioners. J Anest & Inten Care Med. 2016;1(1):55555. doi: 10.19080/JAICM.2016.01.555555.
6. Reis AM, Cassiani SH. Adverse drug events in an intensive care unit of a university hospital. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;67(6):625-632.
7. Garpestad E, Devlin JW. Polypharmacy and delirium in critically ill older adults: recognition and prevention. Clin Geriatr Med. 2017;33(2):189-203.
8. Caroff SN, Hurford I, Lybrand J, et al. Movement disorders induced by antipsychotic drugs: implications of the CATIE schizophrenia trial. Neurol Clin. 2011;29(1):127-148.
9. Van Putten T, Marder SR. Toward a more reliable diagnosis of akathisia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1986;43(10):1015-1016.
10. Penders TM, Agarwal S, Rohaidy R. Persistent akathisia masquerading as agitated depression after use of ziprasidone in the treatment of bipolar depression. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2013;9:463-465.
11. Naganuma H, Fujii I. Incidence and risk factors in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1994;90(6):424-426.
12. Forcen FE, Matsoukas K, Alici Y. Antipsychotic-induced akathisia in delirium: a systematic review. Palliat Support Care. 2016;14(1):77-84.
13. Brune M, Sachdev, PS. Ladislav Haskovec and 100 years of akathisia. American Journal of Psychiatry. 2002;159(5):727-727.
14. Havaki-Kontaxaki BJ, Kontaxakis VP, Christodoulou GN. Prevalence and characteristics of patients with pseudoakathisia. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2000;10(5):333-336.
15. Lang AE. Withdrawal akathisia: case reports and a proposed classification of chronic akathisia. Mov Disord. 1994;9(2):188-192.
16. Sachdev P. The epidemiology of drug-induced akathisia: Part II. Chronic, tardive, and withdrawal akathisias. Schizophr Bull. 1995;21(3):451-461.
17. Kern DS, Lang AE. Acute akathisia. In: Friedman JH, ed. Medication-induced movement disorders. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; 2015:12-24.
18. Adler LA, Angrist B, Reiter S, et al. Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a review. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 1989;97(1):1-11.
19. Stahl SM, Loonen AJM. The mechanism of drug-induced akathisia. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(1):7-10.
20. Sachdev P, Kruk J. Clinical characteristics and predisposing factors in acute drug-induced akathisia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1994;51(12):963-974.
21. Laoutidis ZG, Luckhaus C. 5-HT2A receptor antagonists for the treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2014;17(5):823-832.
22. Lima AR, Bacalcthuk J, Barnes TR, et al. Central action beta-blockers versus placebo for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;(4):CD001946.
23. Sachdev P, Loneragan C. Intravenous benztropine and propranolol challenges in acute neuroleptic-induced akathisia. Clin Neuropharmacol. 1993;16(4):324-331.
24. Lima AR, Weiser KV, Bacaltchuk J, et al. Anticholinergics for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;(1):CD003727.
25. Fleischhacker WW, Roth SD, Kane JM. The pharmacologic treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1990;10(1):12-21.
26. Blaisdell GD. Akathisia: a comprehensive review and treatment summary. Pharmacopsychiatry. 1994;27(4):139-146.
27. Poyurovsky M. Acute antipsychotic-induced akathisia revisited. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(2):89-91.
28. Adler LA, Reiter S, Corwin J, et al. Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: propranolol versus benztropine. Biol Psychiatry. 1988;23(2):211-213.
29. Adler LA, Peselow E, Rosenthal M, et al. A controlled comparison of the effects of propranolol, benztropine, and placebo on akathisia: an interim analysis. Psychopharmacol Bull. 1993;29(2):283-286.
30. Bender B, Friedman B, Davitt M, et al. 118: metoclopramide in the emergency department: a randomized factorial design study to determine the influence of dose and diphenhydramine on akathisia. Ann of Emerg Med. 2008;52(4):S78.
31. Parlak I, Erdur B, Parlak M, et al. Midazolam vs. diphenhydramine for the treatment of metoclopramide-induced akathisia: a randomized controlled trial. Acad Emerg Med. 2007;14(8):715-721.
32. Lima AR, Soares-Weiser K, Bacaltchuk J, et al. Benzodiazepines for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 1999;(4):CD001950.
33. Barnes TR. A rating scale for drug-induced akathisia. Br J Psychiatry. 1989;154(5):672-676..
1. Cavallazzi R, Saad M, Marik PE. Delirium in the ICU: an overview. Ann Intensive Care. 2012;2:49.
2. Farrell KR, Ganzini L. Misdiagnosing delirium as depression in medically ill elderly patients. Arch Intern Med. 1995;155(22):2459-2464.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. National Alliance on Mental Illness. Mental health by the numbers. https://www.nami.org/learn-more/mental-health-by-the-numbers. Accessed March 4, 2018.
5. Jacka MJ, Mitchell N, Perez-Parada J. Incidence and prevalence of anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder among critical care patients, families, and practitioners. J Anest & Inten Care Med. 2016;1(1):55555. doi: 10.19080/JAICM.2016.01.555555.
6. Reis AM, Cassiani SH. Adverse drug events in an intensive care unit of a university hospital. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;67(6):625-632.
7. Garpestad E, Devlin JW. Polypharmacy and delirium in critically ill older adults: recognition and prevention. Clin Geriatr Med. 2017;33(2):189-203.
8. Caroff SN, Hurford I, Lybrand J, et al. Movement disorders induced by antipsychotic drugs: implications of the CATIE schizophrenia trial. Neurol Clin. 2011;29(1):127-148.
9. Van Putten T, Marder SR. Toward a more reliable diagnosis of akathisia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1986;43(10):1015-1016.
10. Penders TM, Agarwal S, Rohaidy R. Persistent akathisia masquerading as agitated depression after use of ziprasidone in the treatment of bipolar depression. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2013;9:463-465.
11. Naganuma H, Fujii I. Incidence and risk factors in neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1994;90(6):424-426.
12. Forcen FE, Matsoukas K, Alici Y. Antipsychotic-induced akathisia in delirium: a systematic review. Palliat Support Care. 2016;14(1):77-84.
13. Brune M, Sachdev, PS. Ladislav Haskovec and 100 years of akathisia. American Journal of Psychiatry. 2002;159(5):727-727.
14. Havaki-Kontaxaki BJ, Kontaxakis VP, Christodoulou GN. Prevalence and characteristics of patients with pseudoakathisia. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2000;10(5):333-336.
15. Lang AE. Withdrawal akathisia: case reports and a proposed classification of chronic akathisia. Mov Disord. 1994;9(2):188-192.
16. Sachdev P. The epidemiology of drug-induced akathisia: Part II. Chronic, tardive, and withdrawal akathisias. Schizophr Bull. 1995;21(3):451-461.
17. Kern DS, Lang AE. Acute akathisia. In: Friedman JH, ed. Medication-induced movement disorders. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; 2015:12-24.
18. Adler LA, Angrist B, Reiter S, et al. Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a review. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 1989;97(1):1-11.
19. Stahl SM, Loonen AJM. The mechanism of drug-induced akathisia. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(1):7-10.
20. Sachdev P, Kruk J. Clinical characteristics and predisposing factors in acute drug-induced akathisia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1994;51(12):963-974.
21. Laoutidis ZG, Luckhaus C. 5-HT2A receptor antagonists for the treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2014;17(5):823-832.
22. Lima AR, Bacalcthuk J, Barnes TR, et al. Central action beta-blockers versus placebo for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;(4):CD001946.
23. Sachdev P, Loneragan C. Intravenous benztropine and propranolol challenges in acute neuroleptic-induced akathisia. Clin Neuropharmacol. 1993;16(4):324-331.
24. Lima AR, Weiser KV, Bacaltchuk J, et al. Anticholinergics for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;(1):CD003727.
25. Fleischhacker WW, Roth SD, Kane JM. The pharmacologic treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1990;10(1):12-21.
26. Blaisdell GD. Akathisia: a comprehensive review and treatment summary. Pharmacopsychiatry. 1994;27(4):139-146.
27. Poyurovsky M. Acute antipsychotic-induced akathisia revisited. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(2):89-91.
28. Adler LA, Reiter S, Corwin J, et al. Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: propranolol versus benztropine. Biol Psychiatry. 1988;23(2):211-213.
29. Adler LA, Peselow E, Rosenthal M, et al. A controlled comparison of the effects of propranolol, benztropine, and placebo on akathisia: an interim analysis. Psychopharmacol Bull. 1993;29(2):283-286.
30. Bender B, Friedman B, Davitt M, et al. 118: metoclopramide in the emergency department: a randomized factorial design study to determine the influence of dose and diphenhydramine on akathisia. Ann of Emerg Med. 2008;52(4):S78.
31. Parlak I, Erdur B, Parlak M, et al. Midazolam vs. diphenhydramine for the treatment of metoclopramide-induced akathisia: a randomized controlled trial. Acad Emerg Med. 2007;14(8):715-721.
32. Lima AR, Soares-Weiser K, Bacaltchuk J, et al. Benzodiazepines for neuroleptic-induced acute akathisia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 1999;(4):CD001950.
33. Barnes TR. A rating scale for drug-induced akathisia. Br J Psychiatry. 1989;154(5):672-676..
Career Choices: Community mental health in an urban/public setting
Editor’s note : Career Choices features a psychiatry resident/fellow interviewing a psychiatrist about why he or she has chosen a specific career path. The goal is to inform trainees about the various psychiatric career options, and to give them a feel for the pros and cons of the various paths.
In this Career Choices, Cornel Stanciu, MD, talked with Mufida Wadhwania, MD. Dr. Wadhwania is an adult psychiatrist practicing in an urban/public setting in metro Atlanta, Georgia, at DeKalb Community Service Board. She manages a variety of uninsured and underinsured patients in an outpatient setting.
Dr. Stanciu: What attracted you to practice community mental health in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: A high portion of the population here has no health insurance, and hence there is a great need in the community. The psychopathology severity is high, so one can see a wide range of disorders. One can also build on the skill to pull together resources, such as linking patients to community resources and patient assistance programs, finding food banks, and finding ways to secure stable housing. There is continuity of care, and when a staff member leaves the agency, patients are linked to the next provider in an adequate time frame so that the patient’s quality of care is not compromised. The new provider is also given notification so that he or she is aware of the transfer of the patient and is able to review the chart in advance.
Along with medication management, we also provide psychotherapy. We utilize a single electronic health record (EHR) throughout the agency and we are able to contribute to changes in the EHR to make it more user-friendly. We have monthly journal club meetings and meetings with other staff members to review and discuss the progress of our organization. There are also numerous online resources through which we can keep ourselves updated with current research and earn CME. Some of the providers at our agency have academic affiliations, and hence there are opportunities to teach medical students and residents who rotate at some of our sites.
Dr. Stanciu: What are some of the more prevalent disorders you encounter?
Dr. Wadhwania: We see a wide range of disorders, such as affective disorders, schizophrenia, and comorbid disorders, specifically comorbid substance use disorders. So we encounter a high number of chronic mental illnesses.
Continue to: What are some challenges in working with this population?
Dr. Stanciu: What are some challenges in working with this population?
Dr. Wadhwania: Based on the high volume of patients we encounter, the resources available in the community are limited. But this challenges us to be creative and maximize what we have available to create new resources, such as having on-site case managers rather than just in the community, and building psychosocial rehabilitation programs near our various clinics for the patients to bring them the best care possible. Other challenges include a lack of education on and awareness of mental illness; there is still a lot of stigma surrounding mental illness in the community.
Dr. Stanciu: How would you describe your experience working in this setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: It’s a very rewarding experience, as you get to be creative, and patients appreciate your efforts. We use a patient-centered approach, and we work as a team. Each team member brings in a unique set of skills, and we bounce ideas off each other. There is a sense of satisfaction when you help people who don’t have easy access to health care. Finally, in a setting like this, young psychiatrists are able to gain more opportunities earlier than they would while working in other settings.
Continue to: How did you career path prepare you to work in such a challenging setting?
Dr. Stanciu: How did your career path prepare you to work in such a challenging setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: While at East Carolina University
Dr. Stanciu: How would you describe a psychiatric physician who is well-suited for such a setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: A perfect fit would be someone who is able to harness and build resources for the patients in the community and in the practice and wants to continue to build that skill. This individual is someone who is a team player, is flexible, and has a high professional frustration tolerance. The physician’s main aim would be to serve, and his or her mission would not be monetarily driven.
Continue to: What is the typical reimbursement model for your practice, and do you run into difficulties with health insurance providers in this setting?
Dr. Stanciu: What is the typical reimbursement model for your practice, and do you run into difficulties with health insurance providers in this setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: Approximately 40% of the patients we treat have no health insurance, and approximately 60% have Medicaid or managed Medicaid or Medicare. There is no burden of health insurance. Full-time employees are salaried, and part-time employees are compensated on an hourly model. There is also an incentive bonus system based on quality and productivity.
Dr. Stanciu: What model does your clinic use to overcome the shortage of services?
Dr. Wadhwania: There are approximately 37 medical staff members in the agency, most of whom are MDs, but this group also includes nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialists, so there is no shortage within our agency. We do contract for telepsychiatry services, but because our agency’s clinics are located throughout the county, most of our patients have easy access to any one of our clinics. We have a number of social workers, therapists, nurses, case managers, and pharmacists. We have a crisis center where unstable patients who require admission to an inpatient unit can be admitted; we also are able to refer patients directly to other inpatient psychiatric units. Our agency also has an addiction clinic and a residential substance abuse program catering specifically to patients with substance use disorders. We have educational, therapeutic, and behavioral support services, including residential services, for patients who have developmental disabilities. Our agency also has residential services for patients who are homeless or have a lower income and would benefit from support in a residential setting.
Our therapists are able to refer patients to state-contracted Assertive Community Treatment teams that serve our county. We are also able to set up intensive case management for patients in the community, as well as other community support services, peer support programs, and psychosocial rehabilitation programs.
Continue to: What advice do you have for early career psychiatrists and trainees who are contemplating working in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Stanciu: What advice do you have for early career psychiatrists and trainees who are contemplating working in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: First of all, realize that there are many misconceptions about serving in the public sector, such as there is no access to new medications, etc. It is important to establish whether public sector service is “in your heart.” You need to learn the organization’s philosophy, mission, and vision, and figure out whether these views align with yours. Getting to know the leadership and how they value psychiatrists and other staff members is also very important. Also, make sure that there are opportunities for you to become a leader in the organization, that there is room for growth, and that it’s a stable organization.
Editor’s note : Career Choices features a psychiatry resident/fellow interviewing a psychiatrist about why he or she has chosen a specific career path. The goal is to inform trainees about the various psychiatric career options, and to give them a feel for the pros and cons of the various paths.
In this Career Choices, Cornel Stanciu, MD, talked with Mufida Wadhwania, MD. Dr. Wadhwania is an adult psychiatrist practicing in an urban/public setting in metro Atlanta, Georgia, at DeKalb Community Service Board. She manages a variety of uninsured and underinsured patients in an outpatient setting.
Dr. Stanciu: What attracted you to practice community mental health in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: A high portion of the population here has no health insurance, and hence there is a great need in the community. The psychopathology severity is high, so one can see a wide range of disorders. One can also build on the skill to pull together resources, such as linking patients to community resources and patient assistance programs, finding food banks, and finding ways to secure stable housing. There is continuity of care, and when a staff member leaves the agency, patients are linked to the next provider in an adequate time frame so that the patient’s quality of care is not compromised. The new provider is also given notification so that he or she is aware of the transfer of the patient and is able to review the chart in advance.
Along with medication management, we also provide psychotherapy. We utilize a single electronic health record (EHR) throughout the agency and we are able to contribute to changes in the EHR to make it more user-friendly. We have monthly journal club meetings and meetings with other staff members to review and discuss the progress of our organization. There are also numerous online resources through which we can keep ourselves updated with current research and earn CME. Some of the providers at our agency have academic affiliations, and hence there are opportunities to teach medical students and residents who rotate at some of our sites.
Dr. Stanciu: What are some of the more prevalent disorders you encounter?
Dr. Wadhwania: We see a wide range of disorders, such as affective disorders, schizophrenia, and comorbid disorders, specifically comorbid substance use disorders. So we encounter a high number of chronic mental illnesses.
Continue to: What are some challenges in working with this population?
Dr. Stanciu: What are some challenges in working with this population?
Dr. Wadhwania: Based on the high volume of patients we encounter, the resources available in the community are limited. But this challenges us to be creative and maximize what we have available to create new resources, such as having on-site case managers rather than just in the community, and building psychosocial rehabilitation programs near our various clinics for the patients to bring them the best care possible. Other challenges include a lack of education on and awareness of mental illness; there is still a lot of stigma surrounding mental illness in the community.
Dr. Stanciu: How would you describe your experience working in this setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: It’s a very rewarding experience, as you get to be creative, and patients appreciate your efforts. We use a patient-centered approach, and we work as a team. Each team member brings in a unique set of skills, and we bounce ideas off each other. There is a sense of satisfaction when you help people who don’t have easy access to health care. Finally, in a setting like this, young psychiatrists are able to gain more opportunities earlier than they would while working in other settings.
Continue to: How did you career path prepare you to work in such a challenging setting?
Dr. Stanciu: How did your career path prepare you to work in such a challenging setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: While at East Carolina University
Dr. Stanciu: How would you describe a psychiatric physician who is well-suited for such a setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: A perfect fit would be someone who is able to harness and build resources for the patients in the community and in the practice and wants to continue to build that skill. This individual is someone who is a team player, is flexible, and has a high professional frustration tolerance. The physician’s main aim would be to serve, and his or her mission would not be monetarily driven.
Continue to: What is the typical reimbursement model for your practice, and do you run into difficulties with health insurance providers in this setting?
Dr. Stanciu: What is the typical reimbursement model for your practice, and do you run into difficulties with health insurance providers in this setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: Approximately 40% of the patients we treat have no health insurance, and approximately 60% have Medicaid or managed Medicaid or Medicare. There is no burden of health insurance. Full-time employees are salaried, and part-time employees are compensated on an hourly model. There is also an incentive bonus system based on quality and productivity.
Dr. Stanciu: What model does your clinic use to overcome the shortage of services?
Dr. Wadhwania: There are approximately 37 medical staff members in the agency, most of whom are MDs, but this group also includes nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialists, so there is no shortage within our agency. We do contract for telepsychiatry services, but because our agency’s clinics are located throughout the county, most of our patients have easy access to any one of our clinics. We have a number of social workers, therapists, nurses, case managers, and pharmacists. We have a crisis center where unstable patients who require admission to an inpatient unit can be admitted; we also are able to refer patients directly to other inpatient psychiatric units. Our agency also has an addiction clinic and a residential substance abuse program catering specifically to patients with substance use disorders. We have educational, therapeutic, and behavioral support services, including residential services, for patients who have developmental disabilities. Our agency also has residential services for patients who are homeless or have a lower income and would benefit from support in a residential setting.
Our therapists are able to refer patients to state-contracted Assertive Community Treatment teams that serve our county. We are also able to set up intensive case management for patients in the community, as well as other community support services, peer support programs, and psychosocial rehabilitation programs.
Continue to: What advice do you have for early career psychiatrists and trainees who are contemplating working in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Stanciu: What advice do you have for early career psychiatrists and trainees who are contemplating working in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: First of all, realize that there are many misconceptions about serving in the public sector, such as there is no access to new medications, etc. It is important to establish whether public sector service is “in your heart.” You need to learn the organization’s philosophy, mission, and vision, and figure out whether these views align with yours. Getting to know the leadership and how they value psychiatrists and other staff members is also very important. Also, make sure that there are opportunities for you to become a leader in the organization, that there is room for growth, and that it’s a stable organization.
Editor’s note : Career Choices features a psychiatry resident/fellow interviewing a psychiatrist about why he or she has chosen a specific career path. The goal is to inform trainees about the various psychiatric career options, and to give them a feel for the pros and cons of the various paths.
In this Career Choices, Cornel Stanciu, MD, talked with Mufida Wadhwania, MD. Dr. Wadhwania is an adult psychiatrist practicing in an urban/public setting in metro Atlanta, Georgia, at DeKalb Community Service Board. She manages a variety of uninsured and underinsured patients in an outpatient setting.
Dr. Stanciu: What attracted you to practice community mental health in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: A high portion of the population here has no health insurance, and hence there is a great need in the community. The psychopathology severity is high, so one can see a wide range of disorders. One can also build on the skill to pull together resources, such as linking patients to community resources and patient assistance programs, finding food banks, and finding ways to secure stable housing. There is continuity of care, and when a staff member leaves the agency, patients are linked to the next provider in an adequate time frame so that the patient’s quality of care is not compromised. The new provider is also given notification so that he or she is aware of the transfer of the patient and is able to review the chart in advance.
Along with medication management, we also provide psychotherapy. We utilize a single electronic health record (EHR) throughout the agency and we are able to contribute to changes in the EHR to make it more user-friendly. We have monthly journal club meetings and meetings with other staff members to review and discuss the progress of our organization. There are also numerous online resources through which we can keep ourselves updated with current research and earn CME. Some of the providers at our agency have academic affiliations, and hence there are opportunities to teach medical students and residents who rotate at some of our sites.
Dr. Stanciu: What are some of the more prevalent disorders you encounter?
Dr. Wadhwania: We see a wide range of disorders, such as affective disorders, schizophrenia, and comorbid disorders, specifically comorbid substance use disorders. So we encounter a high number of chronic mental illnesses.
Continue to: What are some challenges in working with this population?
Dr. Stanciu: What are some challenges in working with this population?
Dr. Wadhwania: Based on the high volume of patients we encounter, the resources available in the community are limited. But this challenges us to be creative and maximize what we have available to create new resources, such as having on-site case managers rather than just in the community, and building psychosocial rehabilitation programs near our various clinics for the patients to bring them the best care possible. Other challenges include a lack of education on and awareness of mental illness; there is still a lot of stigma surrounding mental illness in the community.
Dr. Stanciu: How would you describe your experience working in this setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: It’s a very rewarding experience, as you get to be creative, and patients appreciate your efforts. We use a patient-centered approach, and we work as a team. Each team member brings in a unique set of skills, and we bounce ideas off each other. There is a sense of satisfaction when you help people who don’t have easy access to health care. Finally, in a setting like this, young psychiatrists are able to gain more opportunities earlier than they would while working in other settings.
Continue to: How did you career path prepare you to work in such a challenging setting?
Dr. Stanciu: How did your career path prepare you to work in such a challenging setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: While at East Carolina University
Dr. Stanciu: How would you describe a psychiatric physician who is well-suited for such a setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: A perfect fit would be someone who is able to harness and build resources for the patients in the community and in the practice and wants to continue to build that skill. This individual is someone who is a team player, is flexible, and has a high professional frustration tolerance. The physician’s main aim would be to serve, and his or her mission would not be monetarily driven.
Continue to: What is the typical reimbursement model for your practice, and do you run into difficulties with health insurance providers in this setting?
Dr. Stanciu: What is the typical reimbursement model for your practice, and do you run into difficulties with health insurance providers in this setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: Approximately 40% of the patients we treat have no health insurance, and approximately 60% have Medicaid or managed Medicaid or Medicare. There is no burden of health insurance. Full-time employees are salaried, and part-time employees are compensated on an hourly model. There is also an incentive bonus system based on quality and productivity.
Dr. Stanciu: What model does your clinic use to overcome the shortage of services?
Dr. Wadhwania: There are approximately 37 medical staff members in the agency, most of whom are MDs, but this group also includes nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialists, so there is no shortage within our agency. We do contract for telepsychiatry services, but because our agency’s clinics are located throughout the county, most of our patients have easy access to any one of our clinics. We have a number of social workers, therapists, nurses, case managers, and pharmacists. We have a crisis center where unstable patients who require admission to an inpatient unit can be admitted; we also are able to refer patients directly to other inpatient psychiatric units. Our agency also has an addiction clinic and a residential substance abuse program catering specifically to patients with substance use disorders. We have educational, therapeutic, and behavioral support services, including residential services, for patients who have developmental disabilities. Our agency also has residential services for patients who are homeless or have a lower income and would benefit from support in a residential setting.
Our therapists are able to refer patients to state-contracted Assertive Community Treatment teams that serve our county. We are also able to set up intensive case management for patients in the community, as well as other community support services, peer support programs, and psychosocial rehabilitation programs.
Continue to: What advice do you have for early career psychiatrists and trainees who are contemplating working in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Stanciu: What advice do you have for early career psychiatrists and trainees who are contemplating working in an urban-public setting?
Dr. Wadhwania: First of all, realize that there are many misconceptions about serving in the public sector, such as there is no access to new medications, etc. It is important to establish whether public sector service is “in your heart.” You need to learn the organization’s philosophy, mission, and vision, and figure out whether these views align with yours. Getting to know the leadership and how they value psychiatrists and other staff members is also very important. Also, make sure that there are opportunities for you to become a leader in the organization, that there is room for growth, and that it’s a stable organization.
Aripiprazole, brexpiprazole, and cariprazine
Depression and substance abuse
The crisis of poor physical health and early mortality of psychiatric patients
It is well established that general medical conditions can be associated with various psychiatric disorders. But the reverse is less recognized: That serious mental illness is associated with many physical maladies, often leading to early mortality. Thus, it is a bidirectional medical reality.
The multisystem adverse effects of psychotropic medications, such as metabolic dysregulation, often are blamed for the serious medical problems afflicting psychiatrically ill patients. However, evidence is mounting that while iatrogenic effects play a role, the larger effect appears to be due to a genetic link between psychiatric disorders and cardiovascular risk.1 Unhealthy lifestyles, including sedentary living, poor dietary habits, smoking, and alcohol/substance use, also play a role in the rapid deterioration of physical health and early mortality of individuals afflicted by mood disorders, psychotic disorders, and anxiety disorders. The mantra of “healthy body, healthy mind” is well known, but “unhealthy mind, unhealthy body” should be equally emphasized as a reason for high morbidity and premature mortality in patients with serious mental disorders.
Consider the following alarming findings:
- A recent study revealed that even before the onset of the first psychotic episode, young patients with schizophrenia already suffer from a wide variety of medical conditions.2 In a large sample of 954,351 Danish persons followed from birth to adulthood, of whom 4,371 developed schizophrenia, 95.6% of patients with schizophrenia had a history of hospitalization for somatic problems, including gastrointestinal, endocrine, genitourinary, metabolic, and circulatory system diseases; cancer; and epilepsy. Those findings suggest genetic, physiological, immunological, or developmental overlap between schizophrenia and medical conditions.
- A survey of 67,609 individuals with mood, anxiety, eating, impulse control, or substance use disorders followed for 10 years found that persons with those psychiatric disorders had a significantly higher risk of chronic medical conditions, including heart disease, stroke, hypertension, diabetes, asthma, arthritis, lung disease, peptic ulcer, and cancer.3
- A 7-year follow-up study of 1,138,853 individuals with schizophrenia in the United States found a 350% increase in mortality among this group of patients, who ranged in age from 20 to 64 years, compared with the general population, matched for age, sex, race, ethnicity, and geographic regions.4 An editorial accompanying this study urged psychiatrists to urgently address the “deadly consequences” of major psychiatric disorders.5
- A study of 18,380 individuals with schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, or bipolar disorder in London found that these patients were frequently hospitalized for general medical conditions, most commonly urinary, digestive, respiratory, endocrine/metabolic, hematologic, neurologic, dermatologic, and infectious disorders, neoplasm, and poisoning.6 The authors attributed those nonpsychiatric hospitalizations to self-neglect, self-harm, and poor health care access, as well as to “medically unexplained” causes.
- An extremely elevated mortality rate (24-fold higher than the general population) was reported in a 12-month study of young individuals (age 16 to 30 years) diagnosed with psychosis.7 The investigators also found that 61% of the cohort did not fill their antipsychotic prescriptions during that year, and 62% had ≥1 hospitalizations and/or emergency room visits during that year. The relationship between high mortality and lack of treatment with antipsychotics in schizophrenia was confirmed by another recent study,8 a 7-year follow-up of 29,823 persons with schizophrenia in Sweden that measured all-cause mortality. These researchers found the highest mortality among patients not receiving any antipsychotics, while the lowest mortality was among those receiving a long-acting injectable second-generation antipsychotic.
- A recent systematic review of 16 studies that examined glucose homeostasis in first-episode psychosis9 revealed that even at the onset of schizophrenia, glucose homeostasis was already altered, suggesting that predisposition to type 2 diabetes mellitus is a medical condition associated with schizophrenia, and not simply an iatrogenic effect of antipsychotic pharmacotherapy. This adds fodder to the possibility of a genetic overlap between schizophrenia and somatic disorders, including diabetes.10
- In a meta-analysis of 47 studies of young people at “ultra-high risk” for schizophrenia, cardiovascular risk was found to be high, mostly as a result of lifestyle factors such as low levels of physical activity and high rates of smoking and alcohol use, even before the onset of psychosis.11
- The risk of stroke was found to be higher in 80,569 patients with schizophrenia compared with 241,707 age- and sex-matched control subjects.12
- A meta-analysis of the risk of stroke in 6 cohorts with schizophrenia found that there is a higher risk for stroke in schizophrenia, and that this may be related to natural history of the illness itself, not just due to comorbid metabolic risk factors.13
- The high rate of cardiovascular disease in depression has been attributed to neuroinflammation14 or possibly to increased platelet reactivity.15
Continue to: As psychiatric physicians...
As psychiatric physicians, we always screen our patients for past and current medical conditions that are comorbid with their psychiatric disorders. We are aware of the lifestyle factors that increase these patients’ physical morbidity and mortality, above and beyond their suicide-related mortality. Our patients with schizophrenia and mood disorders have triple the smoking rates of the general population, and they tend to be sedentary with poor eating habits that lead to obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, diabetes, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, which increases their risk for heart attack, stroke, and cancer. Self-neglect during acute episodes of depression or psychosis increases the risk of infection, malnutrition, and tooth decay. We also see skin damage in obsessive-compulsive disorder patients who are compelled to wash their hands numerous times a day, the life-threatening effects of anorexia nervosa, and various types of medical ailments caused by incomplete suicidal attempts. Poverty and substance use among chronically mentally ill patients also increase the odds of physical ailments.
So we need to act diligently to reduce the alarming medical morbidity and mortality of the psychiatric population. Collaborative care with a primary care provider is a must, not an option, for every patient, because studies indicate that without collaborative care, patients receive inadequate primary care.16 Providing rapid access to standard medical care is the single most critical step for the prevention or amelioration of physical disorders in our psychiatric patients, concurrently with stabilizing their ailing brains and minds. If we focus only on treating psychopathology, then we will win the battle against mental illness, but lose the war of life and death.
1. Azad MC, Shoesmith WD, Al Mamun M, et al. Cardiovascular diseases among patients with schizophrenia. Asian J Psychiatr. 2016;19:28-36.
2. Sørensen HJ, Nielsen PR, Benros ME, et al. Somatic diseases and conditions before the first diagnosis of schizophrenia: a nationwide population-based cohort study in more than 900 000 individuals. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(2):513-521.
3. Scott KM, Lim C, Al-Hamzawi A, et al. Association of mental disorders with subsequent chronic physical conditions: world mental health surveys from 17 countries. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(2):150-158.
4. Olfson M, Gerhard T, Huang C, et al. Premature mortality among adults with schizophrenia in the United States. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1172-1181.
5. Suetani S, Whiteford HA, McGrath JJ. An urgent call to address the deadly consequences of serious mental disorders. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1166-1167.
6. Jayatilleke N, Hayes RD, Chang CK, et al. Acute general hospital admissions in people with serious mental illness [published online February 28, 2018]. Psychol Med. 2018;1-8.
7. Schoenbaum M, Sutherland JM, Chappel A, et al. Twelve-month health care use and mortality in commercially insured young people with incident psychosis in the United States. Schizophr Bull. 2017;43(6):1262-1272.
8. Taipale H, Mittendorfer-Rutz E, Alexanderson K, et al. Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia [published online December 20, 2017]. Schizophr Res. pii: S0920-9964(17)30762-4. doi: 10.1016/j.schres.2017.12.010.
9. Pillinger T, Beck K, Gobjila C, et al. Impaired glucose homeostasis in first-episode schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(3):261-269.
10. Dieset I, Andreassen OA, Haukvik UK. Somatic comorbidity in schizophrenia: some possible biological mechanisms across the life span. Schizophr Bull. 2016;42(6):1316-1319.
11. Carney R, Cotter J, Bradshaw T, et al. Cardiometabolic risk factors in young people at ultra-high risk for psychosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Schizophr Res. 2016;170(2-3):290-300.
12. Tsai KY, Lee CC, Chou YM, et al. The incidence and relative risk of stroke in patients with schizophrenia: a five-year follow-up study. Schizophr Res. 2012;138(1):41-47.
13. Li M, Fan YL, Tang ZY, et al. Schizophrenia and risk of stroke: a meta-analysis of cohort studies. Int J Cardiol. 2014;173(3):588-590.
14. Halaris A. Inflammation-associated co-morbidity between depression and cardiovascular disease. Curr Top Behav Neurosci. 2017;31:45-70.
15. Nemeroff CB, Musselman DL. Are platelets the link between depression and ischemic heart disease? Am Heart J. 2000;140(suppl 4):57-62.
16. Nasrallah HA, Meyer JM, Goff DC, et al. Low rates of treatment for hypertension, dyslipidemia and diabetes in schizophrenia: data from the CATIE schizophrenia trial sample at baseline. Schizophr Res. 2006;86(1-3):15-22.
It is well established that general medical conditions can be associated with various psychiatric disorders. But the reverse is less recognized: That serious mental illness is associated with many physical maladies, often leading to early mortality. Thus, it is a bidirectional medical reality.
The multisystem adverse effects of psychotropic medications, such as metabolic dysregulation, often are blamed for the serious medical problems afflicting psychiatrically ill patients. However, evidence is mounting that while iatrogenic effects play a role, the larger effect appears to be due to a genetic link between psychiatric disorders and cardiovascular risk.1 Unhealthy lifestyles, including sedentary living, poor dietary habits, smoking, and alcohol/substance use, also play a role in the rapid deterioration of physical health and early mortality of individuals afflicted by mood disorders, psychotic disorders, and anxiety disorders. The mantra of “healthy body, healthy mind” is well known, but “unhealthy mind, unhealthy body” should be equally emphasized as a reason for high morbidity and premature mortality in patients with serious mental disorders.
Consider the following alarming findings:
- A recent study revealed that even before the onset of the first psychotic episode, young patients with schizophrenia already suffer from a wide variety of medical conditions.2 In a large sample of 954,351 Danish persons followed from birth to adulthood, of whom 4,371 developed schizophrenia, 95.6% of patients with schizophrenia had a history of hospitalization for somatic problems, including gastrointestinal, endocrine, genitourinary, metabolic, and circulatory system diseases; cancer; and epilepsy. Those findings suggest genetic, physiological, immunological, or developmental overlap between schizophrenia and medical conditions.
- A survey of 67,609 individuals with mood, anxiety, eating, impulse control, or substance use disorders followed for 10 years found that persons with those psychiatric disorders had a significantly higher risk of chronic medical conditions, including heart disease, stroke, hypertension, diabetes, asthma, arthritis, lung disease, peptic ulcer, and cancer.3
- A 7-year follow-up study of 1,138,853 individuals with schizophrenia in the United States found a 350% increase in mortality among this group of patients, who ranged in age from 20 to 64 years, compared with the general population, matched for age, sex, race, ethnicity, and geographic regions.4 An editorial accompanying this study urged psychiatrists to urgently address the “deadly consequences” of major psychiatric disorders.5
- A study of 18,380 individuals with schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, or bipolar disorder in London found that these patients were frequently hospitalized for general medical conditions, most commonly urinary, digestive, respiratory, endocrine/metabolic, hematologic, neurologic, dermatologic, and infectious disorders, neoplasm, and poisoning.6 The authors attributed those nonpsychiatric hospitalizations to self-neglect, self-harm, and poor health care access, as well as to “medically unexplained” causes.
- An extremely elevated mortality rate (24-fold higher than the general population) was reported in a 12-month study of young individuals (age 16 to 30 years) diagnosed with psychosis.7 The investigators also found that 61% of the cohort did not fill their antipsychotic prescriptions during that year, and 62% had ≥1 hospitalizations and/or emergency room visits during that year. The relationship between high mortality and lack of treatment with antipsychotics in schizophrenia was confirmed by another recent study,8 a 7-year follow-up of 29,823 persons with schizophrenia in Sweden that measured all-cause mortality. These researchers found the highest mortality among patients not receiving any antipsychotics, while the lowest mortality was among those receiving a long-acting injectable second-generation antipsychotic.
- A recent systematic review of 16 studies that examined glucose homeostasis in first-episode psychosis9 revealed that even at the onset of schizophrenia, glucose homeostasis was already altered, suggesting that predisposition to type 2 diabetes mellitus is a medical condition associated with schizophrenia, and not simply an iatrogenic effect of antipsychotic pharmacotherapy. This adds fodder to the possibility of a genetic overlap between schizophrenia and somatic disorders, including diabetes.10
- In a meta-analysis of 47 studies of young people at “ultra-high risk” for schizophrenia, cardiovascular risk was found to be high, mostly as a result of lifestyle factors such as low levels of physical activity and high rates of smoking and alcohol use, even before the onset of psychosis.11
- The risk of stroke was found to be higher in 80,569 patients with schizophrenia compared with 241,707 age- and sex-matched control subjects.12
- A meta-analysis of the risk of stroke in 6 cohorts with schizophrenia found that there is a higher risk for stroke in schizophrenia, and that this may be related to natural history of the illness itself, not just due to comorbid metabolic risk factors.13
- The high rate of cardiovascular disease in depression has been attributed to neuroinflammation14 or possibly to increased platelet reactivity.15
Continue to: As psychiatric physicians...
As psychiatric physicians, we always screen our patients for past and current medical conditions that are comorbid with their psychiatric disorders. We are aware of the lifestyle factors that increase these patients’ physical morbidity and mortality, above and beyond their suicide-related mortality. Our patients with schizophrenia and mood disorders have triple the smoking rates of the general population, and they tend to be sedentary with poor eating habits that lead to obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, diabetes, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, which increases their risk for heart attack, stroke, and cancer. Self-neglect during acute episodes of depression or psychosis increases the risk of infection, malnutrition, and tooth decay. We also see skin damage in obsessive-compulsive disorder patients who are compelled to wash their hands numerous times a day, the life-threatening effects of anorexia nervosa, and various types of medical ailments caused by incomplete suicidal attempts. Poverty and substance use among chronically mentally ill patients also increase the odds of physical ailments.
So we need to act diligently to reduce the alarming medical morbidity and mortality of the psychiatric population. Collaborative care with a primary care provider is a must, not an option, for every patient, because studies indicate that without collaborative care, patients receive inadequate primary care.16 Providing rapid access to standard medical care is the single most critical step for the prevention or amelioration of physical disorders in our psychiatric patients, concurrently with stabilizing their ailing brains and minds. If we focus only on treating psychopathology, then we will win the battle against mental illness, but lose the war of life and death.
It is well established that general medical conditions can be associated with various psychiatric disorders. But the reverse is less recognized: That serious mental illness is associated with many physical maladies, often leading to early mortality. Thus, it is a bidirectional medical reality.
The multisystem adverse effects of psychotropic medications, such as metabolic dysregulation, often are blamed for the serious medical problems afflicting psychiatrically ill patients. However, evidence is mounting that while iatrogenic effects play a role, the larger effect appears to be due to a genetic link between psychiatric disorders and cardiovascular risk.1 Unhealthy lifestyles, including sedentary living, poor dietary habits, smoking, and alcohol/substance use, also play a role in the rapid deterioration of physical health and early mortality of individuals afflicted by mood disorders, psychotic disorders, and anxiety disorders. The mantra of “healthy body, healthy mind” is well known, but “unhealthy mind, unhealthy body” should be equally emphasized as a reason for high morbidity and premature mortality in patients with serious mental disorders.
Consider the following alarming findings:
- A recent study revealed that even before the onset of the first psychotic episode, young patients with schizophrenia already suffer from a wide variety of medical conditions.2 In a large sample of 954,351 Danish persons followed from birth to adulthood, of whom 4,371 developed schizophrenia, 95.6% of patients with schizophrenia had a history of hospitalization for somatic problems, including gastrointestinal, endocrine, genitourinary, metabolic, and circulatory system diseases; cancer; and epilepsy. Those findings suggest genetic, physiological, immunological, or developmental overlap between schizophrenia and medical conditions.
- A survey of 67,609 individuals with mood, anxiety, eating, impulse control, or substance use disorders followed for 10 years found that persons with those psychiatric disorders had a significantly higher risk of chronic medical conditions, including heart disease, stroke, hypertension, diabetes, asthma, arthritis, lung disease, peptic ulcer, and cancer.3
- A 7-year follow-up study of 1,138,853 individuals with schizophrenia in the United States found a 350% increase in mortality among this group of patients, who ranged in age from 20 to 64 years, compared with the general population, matched for age, sex, race, ethnicity, and geographic regions.4 An editorial accompanying this study urged psychiatrists to urgently address the “deadly consequences” of major psychiatric disorders.5
- A study of 18,380 individuals with schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, or bipolar disorder in London found that these patients were frequently hospitalized for general medical conditions, most commonly urinary, digestive, respiratory, endocrine/metabolic, hematologic, neurologic, dermatologic, and infectious disorders, neoplasm, and poisoning.6 The authors attributed those nonpsychiatric hospitalizations to self-neglect, self-harm, and poor health care access, as well as to “medically unexplained” causes.
- An extremely elevated mortality rate (24-fold higher than the general population) was reported in a 12-month study of young individuals (age 16 to 30 years) diagnosed with psychosis.7 The investigators also found that 61% of the cohort did not fill their antipsychotic prescriptions during that year, and 62% had ≥1 hospitalizations and/or emergency room visits during that year. The relationship between high mortality and lack of treatment with antipsychotics in schizophrenia was confirmed by another recent study,8 a 7-year follow-up of 29,823 persons with schizophrenia in Sweden that measured all-cause mortality. These researchers found the highest mortality among patients not receiving any antipsychotics, while the lowest mortality was among those receiving a long-acting injectable second-generation antipsychotic.
- A recent systematic review of 16 studies that examined glucose homeostasis in first-episode psychosis9 revealed that even at the onset of schizophrenia, glucose homeostasis was already altered, suggesting that predisposition to type 2 diabetes mellitus is a medical condition associated with schizophrenia, and not simply an iatrogenic effect of antipsychotic pharmacotherapy. This adds fodder to the possibility of a genetic overlap between schizophrenia and somatic disorders, including diabetes.10
- In a meta-analysis of 47 studies of young people at “ultra-high risk” for schizophrenia, cardiovascular risk was found to be high, mostly as a result of lifestyle factors such as low levels of physical activity and high rates of smoking and alcohol use, even before the onset of psychosis.11
- The risk of stroke was found to be higher in 80,569 patients with schizophrenia compared with 241,707 age- and sex-matched control subjects.12
- A meta-analysis of the risk of stroke in 6 cohorts with schizophrenia found that there is a higher risk for stroke in schizophrenia, and that this may be related to natural history of the illness itself, not just due to comorbid metabolic risk factors.13
- The high rate of cardiovascular disease in depression has been attributed to neuroinflammation14 or possibly to increased platelet reactivity.15
Continue to: As psychiatric physicians...
As psychiatric physicians, we always screen our patients for past and current medical conditions that are comorbid with their psychiatric disorders. We are aware of the lifestyle factors that increase these patients’ physical morbidity and mortality, above and beyond their suicide-related mortality. Our patients with schizophrenia and mood disorders have triple the smoking rates of the general population, and they tend to be sedentary with poor eating habits that lead to obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, diabetes, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, which increases their risk for heart attack, stroke, and cancer. Self-neglect during acute episodes of depression or psychosis increases the risk of infection, malnutrition, and tooth decay. We also see skin damage in obsessive-compulsive disorder patients who are compelled to wash their hands numerous times a day, the life-threatening effects of anorexia nervosa, and various types of medical ailments caused by incomplete suicidal attempts. Poverty and substance use among chronically mentally ill patients also increase the odds of physical ailments.
So we need to act diligently to reduce the alarming medical morbidity and mortality of the psychiatric population. Collaborative care with a primary care provider is a must, not an option, for every patient, because studies indicate that without collaborative care, patients receive inadequate primary care.16 Providing rapid access to standard medical care is the single most critical step for the prevention or amelioration of physical disorders in our psychiatric patients, concurrently with stabilizing their ailing brains and minds. If we focus only on treating psychopathology, then we will win the battle against mental illness, but lose the war of life and death.
1. Azad MC, Shoesmith WD, Al Mamun M, et al. Cardiovascular diseases among patients with schizophrenia. Asian J Psychiatr. 2016;19:28-36.
2. Sørensen HJ, Nielsen PR, Benros ME, et al. Somatic diseases and conditions before the first diagnosis of schizophrenia: a nationwide population-based cohort study in more than 900 000 individuals. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(2):513-521.
3. Scott KM, Lim C, Al-Hamzawi A, et al. Association of mental disorders with subsequent chronic physical conditions: world mental health surveys from 17 countries. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(2):150-158.
4. Olfson M, Gerhard T, Huang C, et al. Premature mortality among adults with schizophrenia in the United States. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1172-1181.
5. Suetani S, Whiteford HA, McGrath JJ. An urgent call to address the deadly consequences of serious mental disorders. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1166-1167.
6. Jayatilleke N, Hayes RD, Chang CK, et al. Acute general hospital admissions in people with serious mental illness [published online February 28, 2018]. Psychol Med. 2018;1-8.
7. Schoenbaum M, Sutherland JM, Chappel A, et al. Twelve-month health care use and mortality in commercially insured young people with incident psychosis in the United States. Schizophr Bull. 2017;43(6):1262-1272.
8. Taipale H, Mittendorfer-Rutz E, Alexanderson K, et al. Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia [published online December 20, 2017]. Schizophr Res. pii: S0920-9964(17)30762-4. doi: 10.1016/j.schres.2017.12.010.
9. Pillinger T, Beck K, Gobjila C, et al. Impaired glucose homeostasis in first-episode schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(3):261-269.
10. Dieset I, Andreassen OA, Haukvik UK. Somatic comorbidity in schizophrenia: some possible biological mechanisms across the life span. Schizophr Bull. 2016;42(6):1316-1319.
11. Carney R, Cotter J, Bradshaw T, et al. Cardiometabolic risk factors in young people at ultra-high risk for psychosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Schizophr Res. 2016;170(2-3):290-300.
12. Tsai KY, Lee CC, Chou YM, et al. The incidence and relative risk of stroke in patients with schizophrenia: a five-year follow-up study. Schizophr Res. 2012;138(1):41-47.
13. Li M, Fan YL, Tang ZY, et al. Schizophrenia and risk of stroke: a meta-analysis of cohort studies. Int J Cardiol. 2014;173(3):588-590.
14. Halaris A. Inflammation-associated co-morbidity between depression and cardiovascular disease. Curr Top Behav Neurosci. 2017;31:45-70.
15. Nemeroff CB, Musselman DL. Are platelets the link between depression and ischemic heart disease? Am Heart J. 2000;140(suppl 4):57-62.
16. Nasrallah HA, Meyer JM, Goff DC, et al. Low rates of treatment for hypertension, dyslipidemia and diabetes in schizophrenia: data from the CATIE schizophrenia trial sample at baseline. Schizophr Res. 2006;86(1-3):15-22.
1. Azad MC, Shoesmith WD, Al Mamun M, et al. Cardiovascular diseases among patients with schizophrenia. Asian J Psychiatr. 2016;19:28-36.
2. Sørensen HJ, Nielsen PR, Benros ME, et al. Somatic diseases and conditions before the first diagnosis of schizophrenia: a nationwide population-based cohort study in more than 900 000 individuals. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(2):513-521.
3. Scott KM, Lim C, Al-Hamzawi A, et al. Association of mental disorders with subsequent chronic physical conditions: world mental health surveys from 17 countries. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(2):150-158.
4. Olfson M, Gerhard T, Huang C, et al. Premature mortality among adults with schizophrenia in the United States. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1172-1181.
5. Suetani S, Whiteford HA, McGrath JJ. An urgent call to address the deadly consequences of serious mental disorders. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1166-1167.
6. Jayatilleke N, Hayes RD, Chang CK, et al. Acute general hospital admissions in people with serious mental illness [published online February 28, 2018]. Psychol Med. 2018;1-8.
7. Schoenbaum M, Sutherland JM, Chappel A, et al. Twelve-month health care use and mortality in commercially insured young people with incident psychosis in the United States. Schizophr Bull. 2017;43(6):1262-1272.
8. Taipale H, Mittendorfer-Rutz E, Alexanderson K, et al. Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia [published online December 20, 2017]. Schizophr Res. pii: S0920-9964(17)30762-4. doi: 10.1016/j.schres.2017.12.010.
9. Pillinger T, Beck K, Gobjila C, et al. Impaired glucose homeostasis in first-episode schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry. 2017;74(3):261-269.
10. Dieset I, Andreassen OA, Haukvik UK. Somatic comorbidity in schizophrenia: some possible biological mechanisms across the life span. Schizophr Bull. 2016;42(6):1316-1319.
11. Carney R, Cotter J, Bradshaw T, et al. Cardiometabolic risk factors in young people at ultra-high risk for psychosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Schizophr Res. 2016;170(2-3):290-300.
12. Tsai KY, Lee CC, Chou YM, et al. The incidence and relative risk of stroke in patients with schizophrenia: a five-year follow-up study. Schizophr Res. 2012;138(1):41-47.
13. Li M, Fan YL, Tang ZY, et al. Schizophrenia and risk of stroke: a meta-analysis of cohort studies. Int J Cardiol. 2014;173(3):588-590.
14. Halaris A. Inflammation-associated co-morbidity between depression and cardiovascular disease. Curr Top Behav Neurosci. 2017;31:45-70.
15. Nemeroff CB, Musselman DL. Are platelets the link between depression and ischemic heart disease? Am Heart J. 2000;140(suppl 4):57-62.
16. Nasrallah HA, Meyer JM, Goff DC, et al. Low rates of treatment for hypertension, dyslipidemia and diabetes in schizophrenia: data from the CATIE schizophrenia trial sample at baseline. Schizophr Res. 2006;86(1-3):15-22.
How precision psychiatry helped my patient; Ketamine: The next ‘opioid crisis’?
How precision psychiatry helped my patient
I applaud Dr. Nasrallah’s editorial “The dawn of precision psychiatry” (From the Editor,
Ms. G, age 14, presented with periodic emotional “meltdowns,” which would occur in any setting, and I determined that they were precipitated by a high glycemic intake. By carefully controlling her glycemic intake and starting her on caprylic acid (a medium-chain triglyceride, which was used to maintain a ketotic state), 1 tablespoon 3 times daily, we were able to reduce the frequency of her episodes by 80% to 90%. Using data from commercially available DNA testing, I determined that she had single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in an alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase gene, which is primarily located in the prefrontal cortex (PFC), and whose function is supported by thiamine and impaired by high glycemic intake.1 After adding oral thiamine hydrochloride, 100 mg twice a day, and correcting other abnormalities (eg, she was hypothyroid), her episodes are now rare. She is functioning well, has been getting high grades, and recently wrote a 40-page short story.
Once she improved, she was able to describe having a partial seizure, with a rising sensation, which often improves with ketosis. Clearly, disruption of her PFC energetics due to the SNPs described above contributed to the disinhibition of the temporal lobe structures. Furthermore, she has an APOE3/4 status, which puts her at risk for Alzheimer’s disease. Her mother was educated about the importance of good health habits, which is personalized and preventative medicine.
Robert Hedaya, MD, DLFAPA
Clinical Professor
MedStar Georgetown University Hospital
Washington, DC
Faculty
Institute for Functional Medicine
Gig Harbor, Washington, DC
Founder
National Center for Whole Psychiatry
Rockville, Maryland
Reference
1. Tretter L, Adam-Vizi V. Alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase: a target and generator of oxidative stress. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 2005;360(1464):2335-2345.
Dr. Nasrallah responds
My thanks to Dr. Hedaya for his letter and for providing an excellent example of precision psychiatry. His brief case vignette brings it to life! I commend him for practicing on the cutting-edge of psychiatry’s scientific frontier.
Continue to: Ketamine: The next 'opioid crisis'?
Ketamine: The next ‘opioid crisis’?
The chief of the FDA, Scott Gottlieb, MD, recently discussed the
There are many similarities between the use of opioids to treat pain and the potential use of ketamine to treat suicidality. Physical and mental pain are subjective, qualitative, and difficult to quantify, which makes it difficult to develop accurate measurements of symptom severity. Chronic physical pain and suicidality are not illnesses, but symptoms of myriad types of pathologies with differing etiologies and treatment options.5 Due to the ambiguous and subjective experience of physical and mental pain, we tend to lump them together as 1 pathological category without understanding pathophysiologic differences. The most commonly reported types of pain include low back pain, migraine/headache, neck pain, and facial pain.6 However, each of these pain types would likely have a different pathophysiology and treatment. Likewise, suicide can be associated with various psychiatric conditions,7 and suicidality resulting from these conditions may require a different etiology and treatment.
We already know that both opioids and ketamine are addictive. For example, there is a report of a nurse stealing a hospital’s supply of ketamine and self-treating for depression, which led to an inpatient detox admission after she developed toxicity and addiction.8 Some ketamine research supports its safe use, but it may be biased due to conflicts of interest. For example, several authors of a recent study proclaiming the effectiveness of a single dose of ketamine in treating suicidal ideation
Warnings stating how both opioid and ketamine should be used were published years ago but have since been ignored. For example, a 1977 article advocated that opioids should only be used for a “short duration and limited to patients with acute diseases or inoperable or metastatic cancer who require long-term relief.”10 The rationale for this distinction was foretelling of the current opioid epidemic: “Continued and prolonged use of narcotics in patients with chronic benign pain is not recommended because of serious behavioral consequences, the development of tolerance, and addiction liability. Long-term use of analgesic drugs in chronic pain usually produces negative behavioral complications that are more difficult to manage than the pain it was desired to eliminate.”10 We knew better then.
The earliest report of ketamine dependency I could find was published in 1987, which predates its classification as a controlled substance.11 More recently, ketamine dependency has been associated with adverse effects that are similar to “not only cocaine and amphetamine but also with opiates, alcohol and cannabis, as well as the psychological attractions of its distinctive psychedelic properties.”12 We should consider ourselves warned.
Michael Shapiro, MD
Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida
References
1. Jayne O’Donnell. FDA chief supports opioid prescription limits, regrets agency’s prior inaction. USA TODAY. https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/politics/2017/10/23/fda-chief-supports-opioid-prescription-limits-regrets-agencys-prior-inaction/774007001. Published October 23, 2017. Accessed January 25, 2018.
2. Bill Whitaker. Ex-DEA agent: opioid crisis fueled by drug industry and Congress. CBS News. https://www.cbsnews.com/news/ex-dea-agent-opioid-crisis-fueled-by-drug-industry-and-congress. Published October 15, 2017. Accessed January 25, 2018.
3. Drug Enforcement Administration. Diversion of Control Division. Ketamine. https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/drug_chem_info/ketamine.pdf. Published August 2013. Accessed January 25, 2018.
4. Bell RF. Ketamine for chronic noncancer pain: concerns regarding toxicity. Curr Opin Support Palliat Care. 2012;6(2):183-187.
5. Barzilay S, Apter A. Psychological models of suicide. Arch Suicide Res. 2014;18(4):295-312.
6. American Academy of Pain Medicine. AAPM facts and figures on pain. http://www.painmed.org/patientcenter/facts_on_pain.aspx.
7. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
8. Bonnet U. Long-term ketamine self-injections in major depressive disorder: focus on tolerance in ketamine’s antidepressant response and the development of ketamine addiction. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2015;47(4):276-85.
9. Wilkinson ST, Ballard ED, Bloch MH, et al. The effect of a single dose of intravenous ketamine on suicidal ideation: a systematic review and individual participant data meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry 2017. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.17040472
10. Halpern LM. Analgesic drugs in the management of pain. Arch Surg. 1977;112(7):861-869.
11. Kamaya H, Krishna PR. Anesthesiology. 1987;67(5):861-862.
12. Jansen KL, Darracot-Cankovic R. The nonmedical use of ketamine, part two: a review of problem use and dependence. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2001;33(2):151-158.
How precision psychiatry helped my patient
I applaud Dr. Nasrallah’s editorial “The dawn of precision psychiatry” (From the Editor,
Ms. G, age 14, presented with periodic emotional “meltdowns,” which would occur in any setting, and I determined that they were precipitated by a high glycemic intake. By carefully controlling her glycemic intake and starting her on caprylic acid (a medium-chain triglyceride, which was used to maintain a ketotic state), 1 tablespoon 3 times daily, we were able to reduce the frequency of her episodes by 80% to 90%. Using data from commercially available DNA testing, I determined that she had single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in an alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase gene, which is primarily located in the prefrontal cortex (PFC), and whose function is supported by thiamine and impaired by high glycemic intake.1 After adding oral thiamine hydrochloride, 100 mg twice a day, and correcting other abnormalities (eg, she was hypothyroid), her episodes are now rare. She is functioning well, has been getting high grades, and recently wrote a 40-page short story.
Once she improved, she was able to describe having a partial seizure, with a rising sensation, which often improves with ketosis. Clearly, disruption of her PFC energetics due to the SNPs described above contributed to the disinhibition of the temporal lobe structures. Furthermore, she has an APOE3/4 status, which puts her at risk for Alzheimer’s disease. Her mother was educated about the importance of good health habits, which is personalized and preventative medicine.
Robert Hedaya, MD, DLFAPA
Clinical Professor
MedStar Georgetown University Hospital
Washington, DC
Faculty
Institute for Functional Medicine
Gig Harbor, Washington, DC
Founder
National Center for Whole Psychiatry
Rockville, Maryland
Reference
1. Tretter L, Adam-Vizi V. Alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase: a target and generator of oxidative stress. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 2005;360(1464):2335-2345.
Dr. Nasrallah responds
My thanks to Dr. Hedaya for his letter and for providing an excellent example of precision psychiatry. His brief case vignette brings it to life! I commend him for practicing on the cutting-edge of psychiatry’s scientific frontier.
Continue to: Ketamine: The next 'opioid crisis'?
Ketamine: The next ‘opioid crisis’?
The chief of the FDA, Scott Gottlieb, MD, recently discussed the
There are many similarities between the use of opioids to treat pain and the potential use of ketamine to treat suicidality. Physical and mental pain are subjective, qualitative, and difficult to quantify, which makes it difficult to develop accurate measurements of symptom severity. Chronic physical pain and suicidality are not illnesses, but symptoms of myriad types of pathologies with differing etiologies and treatment options.5 Due to the ambiguous and subjective experience of physical and mental pain, we tend to lump them together as 1 pathological category without understanding pathophysiologic differences. The most commonly reported types of pain include low back pain, migraine/headache, neck pain, and facial pain.6 However, each of these pain types would likely have a different pathophysiology and treatment. Likewise, suicide can be associated with various psychiatric conditions,7 and suicidality resulting from these conditions may require a different etiology and treatment.
We already know that both opioids and ketamine are addictive. For example, there is a report of a nurse stealing a hospital’s supply of ketamine and self-treating for depression, which led to an inpatient detox admission after she developed toxicity and addiction.8 Some ketamine research supports its safe use, but it may be biased due to conflicts of interest. For example, several authors of a recent study proclaiming the effectiveness of a single dose of ketamine in treating suicidal ideation
Warnings stating how both opioid and ketamine should be used were published years ago but have since been ignored. For example, a 1977 article advocated that opioids should only be used for a “short duration and limited to patients with acute diseases or inoperable or metastatic cancer who require long-term relief.”10 The rationale for this distinction was foretelling of the current opioid epidemic: “Continued and prolonged use of narcotics in patients with chronic benign pain is not recommended because of serious behavioral consequences, the development of tolerance, and addiction liability. Long-term use of analgesic drugs in chronic pain usually produces negative behavioral complications that are more difficult to manage than the pain it was desired to eliminate.”10 We knew better then.
The earliest report of ketamine dependency I could find was published in 1987, which predates its classification as a controlled substance.11 More recently, ketamine dependency has been associated with adverse effects that are similar to “not only cocaine and amphetamine but also with opiates, alcohol and cannabis, as well as the psychological attractions of its distinctive psychedelic properties.”12 We should consider ourselves warned.
Michael Shapiro, MD
Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida
References
1. Jayne O’Donnell. FDA chief supports opioid prescription limits, regrets agency’s prior inaction. USA TODAY. https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/politics/2017/10/23/fda-chief-supports-opioid-prescription-limits-regrets-agencys-prior-inaction/774007001. Published October 23, 2017. Accessed January 25, 2018.
2. Bill Whitaker. Ex-DEA agent: opioid crisis fueled by drug industry and Congress. CBS News. https://www.cbsnews.com/news/ex-dea-agent-opioid-crisis-fueled-by-drug-industry-and-congress. Published October 15, 2017. Accessed January 25, 2018.
3. Drug Enforcement Administration. Diversion of Control Division. Ketamine. https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/drug_chem_info/ketamine.pdf. Published August 2013. Accessed January 25, 2018.
4. Bell RF. Ketamine for chronic noncancer pain: concerns regarding toxicity. Curr Opin Support Palliat Care. 2012;6(2):183-187.
5. Barzilay S, Apter A. Psychological models of suicide. Arch Suicide Res. 2014;18(4):295-312.
6. American Academy of Pain Medicine. AAPM facts and figures on pain. http://www.painmed.org/patientcenter/facts_on_pain.aspx.
7. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
8. Bonnet U. Long-term ketamine self-injections in major depressive disorder: focus on tolerance in ketamine’s antidepressant response and the development of ketamine addiction. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2015;47(4):276-85.
9. Wilkinson ST, Ballard ED, Bloch MH, et al. The effect of a single dose of intravenous ketamine on suicidal ideation: a systematic review and individual participant data meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry 2017. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.17040472
10. Halpern LM. Analgesic drugs in the management of pain. Arch Surg. 1977;112(7):861-869.
11. Kamaya H, Krishna PR. Anesthesiology. 1987;67(5):861-862.
12. Jansen KL, Darracot-Cankovic R. The nonmedical use of ketamine, part two: a review of problem use and dependence. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2001;33(2):151-158.
How precision psychiatry helped my patient
I applaud Dr. Nasrallah’s editorial “The dawn of precision psychiatry” (From the Editor,
Ms. G, age 14, presented with periodic emotional “meltdowns,” which would occur in any setting, and I determined that they were precipitated by a high glycemic intake. By carefully controlling her glycemic intake and starting her on caprylic acid (a medium-chain triglyceride, which was used to maintain a ketotic state), 1 tablespoon 3 times daily, we were able to reduce the frequency of her episodes by 80% to 90%. Using data from commercially available DNA testing, I determined that she had single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in an alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase gene, which is primarily located in the prefrontal cortex (PFC), and whose function is supported by thiamine and impaired by high glycemic intake.1 After adding oral thiamine hydrochloride, 100 mg twice a day, and correcting other abnormalities (eg, she was hypothyroid), her episodes are now rare. She is functioning well, has been getting high grades, and recently wrote a 40-page short story.
Once she improved, she was able to describe having a partial seizure, with a rising sensation, which often improves with ketosis. Clearly, disruption of her PFC energetics due to the SNPs described above contributed to the disinhibition of the temporal lobe structures. Furthermore, she has an APOE3/4 status, which puts her at risk for Alzheimer’s disease. Her mother was educated about the importance of good health habits, which is personalized and preventative medicine.
Robert Hedaya, MD, DLFAPA
Clinical Professor
MedStar Georgetown University Hospital
Washington, DC
Faculty
Institute for Functional Medicine
Gig Harbor, Washington, DC
Founder
National Center for Whole Psychiatry
Rockville, Maryland
Reference
1. Tretter L, Adam-Vizi V. Alpha-ketoglutarate dehydrogenase: a target and generator of oxidative stress. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 2005;360(1464):2335-2345.
Dr. Nasrallah responds
My thanks to Dr. Hedaya for his letter and for providing an excellent example of precision psychiatry. His brief case vignette brings it to life! I commend him for practicing on the cutting-edge of psychiatry’s scientific frontier.
Continue to: Ketamine: The next 'opioid crisis'?
Ketamine: The next ‘opioid crisis’?
The chief of the FDA, Scott Gottlieb, MD, recently discussed the
There are many similarities between the use of opioids to treat pain and the potential use of ketamine to treat suicidality. Physical and mental pain are subjective, qualitative, and difficult to quantify, which makes it difficult to develop accurate measurements of symptom severity. Chronic physical pain and suicidality are not illnesses, but symptoms of myriad types of pathologies with differing etiologies and treatment options.5 Due to the ambiguous and subjective experience of physical and mental pain, we tend to lump them together as 1 pathological category without understanding pathophysiologic differences. The most commonly reported types of pain include low back pain, migraine/headache, neck pain, and facial pain.6 However, each of these pain types would likely have a different pathophysiology and treatment. Likewise, suicide can be associated with various psychiatric conditions,7 and suicidality resulting from these conditions may require a different etiology and treatment.
We already know that both opioids and ketamine are addictive. For example, there is a report of a nurse stealing a hospital’s supply of ketamine and self-treating for depression, which led to an inpatient detox admission after she developed toxicity and addiction.8 Some ketamine research supports its safe use, but it may be biased due to conflicts of interest. For example, several authors of a recent study proclaiming the effectiveness of a single dose of ketamine in treating suicidal ideation
Warnings stating how both opioid and ketamine should be used were published years ago but have since been ignored. For example, a 1977 article advocated that opioids should only be used for a “short duration and limited to patients with acute diseases or inoperable or metastatic cancer who require long-term relief.”10 The rationale for this distinction was foretelling of the current opioid epidemic: “Continued and prolonged use of narcotics in patients with chronic benign pain is not recommended because of serious behavioral consequences, the development of tolerance, and addiction liability. Long-term use of analgesic drugs in chronic pain usually produces negative behavioral complications that are more difficult to manage than the pain it was desired to eliminate.”10 We knew better then.
The earliest report of ketamine dependency I could find was published in 1987, which predates its classification as a controlled substance.11 More recently, ketamine dependency has been associated with adverse effects that are similar to “not only cocaine and amphetamine but also with opiates, alcohol and cannabis, as well as the psychological attractions of its distinctive psychedelic properties.”12 We should consider ourselves warned.
Michael Shapiro, MD
Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida
References
1. Jayne O’Donnell. FDA chief supports opioid prescription limits, regrets agency’s prior inaction. USA TODAY. https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/politics/2017/10/23/fda-chief-supports-opioid-prescription-limits-regrets-agencys-prior-inaction/774007001. Published October 23, 2017. Accessed January 25, 2018.
2. Bill Whitaker. Ex-DEA agent: opioid crisis fueled by drug industry and Congress. CBS News. https://www.cbsnews.com/news/ex-dea-agent-opioid-crisis-fueled-by-drug-industry-and-congress. Published October 15, 2017. Accessed January 25, 2018.
3. Drug Enforcement Administration. Diversion of Control Division. Ketamine. https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/drug_chem_info/ketamine.pdf. Published August 2013. Accessed January 25, 2018.
4. Bell RF. Ketamine for chronic noncancer pain: concerns regarding toxicity. Curr Opin Support Palliat Care. 2012;6(2):183-187.
5. Barzilay S, Apter A. Psychological models of suicide. Arch Suicide Res. 2014;18(4):295-312.
6. American Academy of Pain Medicine. AAPM facts and figures on pain. http://www.painmed.org/patientcenter/facts_on_pain.aspx.
7. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
8. Bonnet U. Long-term ketamine self-injections in major depressive disorder: focus on tolerance in ketamine’s antidepressant response and the development of ketamine addiction. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2015;47(4):276-85.
9. Wilkinson ST, Ballard ED, Bloch MH, et al. The effect of a single dose of intravenous ketamine on suicidal ideation: a systematic review and individual participant data meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry 2017. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.17040472
10. Halpern LM. Analgesic drugs in the management of pain. Arch Surg. 1977;112(7):861-869.
11. Kamaya H, Krishna PR. Anesthesiology. 1987;67(5):861-862.
12. Jansen KL, Darracot-Cankovic R. The nonmedical use of ketamine, part two: a review of problem use and dependence. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2001;33(2):151-158.
A 10-year-old boy with ‘voices in my head’: Is it a psychotic disorder?
CASE Auditory hallucinations?
M, age 10, has had multiple visits to the pediatric emergency department (PED) with the chief concern of excessive urinary frequency. At each visit, the medical workup has been negative and he was discharged home. After a few months, M’s parents bring their son back to the PED because he reports hearing “voices in my head” and “feeling tense and scared.” When these feelings become too overwhelming, M stops eating and experiences substantial fear and anxiety that require his mother’s repeated reassurances. M’s mother reports that 2 weeks before his most recent PED visit, he became increasingly anxious and disturbed, and said he was afraid most of the time, and worried about the safety of his family for no apparent reason.
The psychiatrist evaluates M in the PED and diagnoses him with unspecified schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorder based on his persistent report of auditory and tactile hallucinations, including hearing a voice of a man telling him he was going to choke on his food and feeling someone touch his arm to soothe him during his anxious moments. M does not meet criteria for acute inpatient hospitalization, and is discharged home with referral to follow-up at our child and adolescent psychiatry outpatient clinic.
On subsequent evaluation in our clinic, M reports most of the same about his experience hearing “voices in my head” that repeatedly suggest “I might choke on my food and end up seriously ill in the hospital.” He started to hear the “voices” after he witnessed his sister choke while eating a few days earlier. He also mentions that the “voices” tell him “you have to use the restroom.” As a result, he uses the restroom several times before leaving for home and is frequently late for school. His parents accommodate his behavior—his mother allows him to use the bathroom multiple times, and his father overlooks the behavior as part of school anxiety.
At school, his teacher reports a concern for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) based on M’s continuous inattentiveness in class and dropping grades. He asks for bathroom breaks up to 15 times a day, which disrupts his class work.
These behaviors have led to a gradual 1-year decline in his overall functioning, including difficulty at school for requesting too many bathroom breaks; having to repeat the 3rd grade; and incurring multiple hospital visits for evaluation of his various complaints. M has become socially isolated and withdrawn from friends and family.
M’s developmental history is normal and his family history is negative for any psychiatric disorder. Medical history and physical examination are unremarkable. CT scan of his head is unremarkable, and all hematologic and biochemistry laboratory test values are within normal range.
[polldaddy:9971376]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
Several factors may contribute to an increased chance of misdiagnosis of a psychiatric illness
On closer sequential evaluations with M and his family, we determined that the “voices” he was hearing were actually intrusive thoughts, and not hallucinations. M clarified this by saying that first he feels a “pressure”-like sensation in his head, followed by repeated intrusive thoughts of voiding his bladder that compel him to go to the restroom to try to urinate. He feels temporary relief after complying with the urge, even when he passes only a small amount of urine or just washes his hands. After a brief period of relief, this process repeats itself. Further, he was able to clarify his experience while eating food, where he first felt a “pressure”-like sensation in his head, followed by intrusive thoughts of choking that result in him not eating.
This led us to a more appropriate diagnosis of OCD (Table 11). The incidence of OCD has 2 peaks, with different gender distributions. The first peak occurs in childhood, with symptoms mostly arising between 7 and 12 years of age and affecting boys more often than girls. The second peak occurs in early adulthood, at a mean age of 21 years, with a slight female majority.2 However, OCD is often under recognized and undertreated, perhaps due to its extensive heterogeneity; symptom presentations and comorbidity patterns can vary noticeably between individual patients as well as age groups.
OCD is characterized by the presence of obsessions or compulsions that wax and wane in severity, are time-consuming (at least 1 hour per day), and cause subjective distress or interfere with life of the patient or the family. Adults with OCD recognize at some level that the obsessions and/or compulsions are excessive and unreasonable, although children are not required to have this insight to meet criteria for the diagnosis.1 Rating scales, such as the Children’s Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale, Dimensional Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale, and Family Accommodation Scale, are useful to obtain detailed information regarding OCD symptoms, tics, and other factors relevant to the diagnosis.
Continue to: M's symptomatology...
M’s symptomatology did not appear to be psychotic. He was screened for positive or negative symptoms of psychosis, which he and his family clearly denied. Moreover, M’s compulsions (going to the restroom) were typically performed in response to his obsessions (urge to void his bladder) to reduce his distress, which is different from schizophrenia, in which repetitive behaviors are performed in response to psychotic ideation, and not obsessions (Table 23-5).
M’s inattentiveness in the classroom was found to be related to his obsessions and compulsions, and not part of a symptom cluster characterizing ADHD. Teachers often interpret inattention and poor classroom performance as ADHD, but having detailed conversations with teachers often is helpful in understanding the nature of a child’s symptomology and making the appropriate diagnosis.
Establishing the correct clinical diagnosis is critical because it is the starting point in treatment. First-line medication for one condition may exacerbate the symptoms of others. For example, in addition to having a large adverse-effect burden, antipsychotics can induce de novo obsessive–compulsive symptoms (OCS) or exacerbate preexisting OCS, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) may exacerbate psychosis in schizo-obsessive patients with a history of impulsivity and aggressiveness.6 Similarly, stimulant medications for ADHD may exacerbate OCS and may even induce them on their own.7,8
[polldaddy:9971377]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
Studies have reported an average of 2.5 years from the onset of OCD symptoms to diagnosis in the United States.9 A key reason for this delay, which is more frequently encountered in pediatric patients, is secrecy. Children often feel embarrassed about their symptoms and conceal them until the interference with their functioning becomes extremely disabling. In some cases, symptoms may closely resemble normal childhood routines. In fact, some repetitive behaviors may be normal in some developmental stages, and OCD could be conceptualized as a pathological condition with continuity of normal behaviors during different developmental periods.10
Also, symptoms may go unnoticed for quite some time as unsuspecting and well-intentioned parents and family members become overly involved in the child’s rituals (eg, allowing for increasing frequent prolonged bathroom breaks or frequent change of clothing, etc.). This well-established phenomenon, termed accommodation, is defined as participation of family members in a child’s OCD–related rituals.11 Especially when symptoms are mild or the child is functioning well, accommodation can make it difficult for parents to realize the presence or nature of a problem, as they might tend to minimize their child’s symptoms as representing a unique personality trait or a special “quirk.” Parents generally will seek treatment when their child’s symptoms become more impairing and begin to interfere with social functioning, school performance, or family functioning.
The clinical picture is further complicated by comorbidity. Approximately 60% to 80% of children and adolescents with OCD have ≥1 comorbid psychiatric disorders. Some of the most common include tic disorders, ADHD, anxiety disorders, and mood or eating disorders.9
[polldaddy:9971379]
Continue to: TREATMENT Combination therapy
TREATMENT Combination therapy
In keeping with American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry guidelines on treating OCD (Table 312), we start M on fluoxetine 10 mg/d. He also begins CBT. Fluoxetine is slowly titrated to 40 mg/d while M engages in learning and utilizing CBT techniques to manage his OCD.
The authors’ observations
The combination of CBT and medication has been suggested as the treatment of choice for moderate and severe OCD.12 The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study, a 5-year, 3-site outcome study designed to compare placebo, sertraline, CBT, and combined CBT and sertraline, concluded that the combined treatment (CBT plus sertraline) was more effective than CBT alone or sertraline alone.13 The effect sizes for the combined treatment, CBT alone, and sertraline alone were 1.4, 0.97, and 0.67, respectively. Remission rates for SSRIs alone are <33%.13,14
SSRIs are the first-line medication for OCD in children, adolescents, and adults (Table 312). Well-designed clinical trials have demonstrated the efficacy and safety of the SSRIs fluoxetine, sertraline, and fluvoxamine (alone or combined with CBT) in children and adolescents with OCD.13 Other SSRIs, such as citalopram, paroxetine, and escitalopram, also have demonstrated efficacy in children and adolescents with OCD, even though the FDA has not yet approved their use in pediatric patients.12 Despite a positive trial of paroxetine in pediatric OCD,12 there have been concerns related to its higher rates of treatment-emergent suicidality,15 lower likelihood of treatment response,16 and its particularly short half-life in pediatric patients.17
Clomipramine is a tricyclic antidepressant with serotonergic properties that is used alone or to boost the effect of an SSRI when there is a partial response. It should be introduced at a low dose in pediatric patients (before age 12) and closely monitored for anticholinergic and cardiac adverse effects. A systemic review and meta-analysis of early treatment responses of SSRIs and clomipramine in pediatric OCD indicated that the greatest benefits occurred early in treatment.18 Clomipramine was associated with a greater measured benefit compared with placebo than SSRIs; there was no evidence of a relationship between SSRI dosing and treatment effect, although data were limited. Adults and children with OCD demonstrated a similar degree and time course of response to SSRIs in OCD.18
Treatment should start with a low dose to reduce the risk of adverse effects with an adequate trial for 10 to 16 weeks at adequate doses. Most experts suggest that treatment should continue for at least 12 months after symptom resolution or stabilization, followed by a very gradual cessation.19
Continue to: OUTCOME Improvement in functioning
OUTCOME Improvement in functioning
After 12 months of combined CBT and fluoxetine, M’s global assessment of functioning (GAF) scale score improves from 35 to 80, indicating major improvement in overall functional level.
Acknowledgement
The authors thank Uzoma Osuchukwu, MD, ex-fellow, Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, Harlem Hospital Center, New York, New York, for his assistance with this article.
Bottom Line
Obsessive-compulsive disorder may masquerade as a schizophrenia spectrum disorder, particularly in younger patients. Accurate differentiation is crucial because antipsychotics can induce de novo obsessive-compulsive symptoms (OCS) or exacerbate preexisting OCS, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors may exacerbate psychosis in schizo-obsessive patients with a history of impulsivity and aggressiveness.
Related Resource
- Raveendranathan D, Shiva L, Sharma E, et al. Obsessive compulsive disorder masquerading as psychosis. Indian J Psychol Med. 2012;34(2):179-180.
Drug Brand Names
Citalopram • Celexa
Clomipramine • Anafranil
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Paroxetine • Paxil
Sertraline • Zoloft
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Geller D, Biederman J, Jones J, et al. Is juvenile obsessive-compulsive disorder a developmental subtype of the disorder? A review of the pediatric literature. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry.1998;37(4):420-427.
3. Huppert JD, Simpson HB, Nissenson KJ, et al. Quality of life and functional impairment in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A comparison of patients with and without comorbidity, patients in remission, and healthy controls. Depress Anxiety. 2009;26(1):39-45.
4. Sobel W, Wolski R, Cancro R, et al. Interpersonal relatedness and paranoid schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry.1996;153(8):1084-1087.
5. Meares A. The diagnosis of prepsychotic schizophrenia. Lancet. 1959;1(7063):55-58.
6. Poyurovsky M, Weizman A, Weizman R. Obsessive-compulsive disorder in schizophrenia: Clinical characteristics and treatment. CNS Drugs. 2004;18(14):989-1010.
7. Kouris S. Methylphenidate-induced obsessive-compulsiveness. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1998;37(2):135.
8. Woolley JB, Heyman I. Dexamphetamine for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):183.
9. Geller DA. Obsessive-compulsive and spectrum disorders in children and adolescents. Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2006;29(2):352-370.
10. Evans DW, Milanak ME, Medeiros B, et al. Magical beliefs and rituals in young children. Child Psychiatry Hum Dev. 2002;33(1):43-58.
11. Amir N, Freshman M, Foa E. Family distress and involvement in relatives of obsessive-compulsive disorder patients. J Anxiety Disord. 2000;14(3):209-217.
12. Practice parameter for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2012;51(1):98-113.
13. Pediatric OCD Treatment Study (POTS) Team. Cognitive-behavior therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study (POTS) randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;292(16):1969-1976.
14. Franklin ME, Sapyta J, Freeman JB, et al. Cognitive behavior therapy augmentation of pharmacotherapy in pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study II (POTS II) randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2011;306(11):1224-1232.
15. Wagner KD, Asarnow JR, Vitiello B, et al. Out of the black box: treatment of resistant depression in adolescents and the antidepressant controversy. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2012;22(1):5-10.
16. Sakolsky DJ, Perel JM, Emslie GJ, et al. Antidepressant exposure as a predictor of clinical outcomes in the treatment of resistant depression in adolescents (TORDIA) study. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(1):92-97.
17. Findling RL. How (not) to dose antidepressants and antipsychotics for children. Current Psychiatry. 2007;6(6):79-83.
18. Varigonda AL, Jakubovski E, Bloch MH. Systematic review and meta-analysis: early treatment responses of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and clomipramine in pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2016 Oct;55(10):851-859.e2.
19. Mancuso E, Faro A, Joshi G, et al. Treatment of pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder: a review. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(4):299-308.
CASE Auditory hallucinations?
M, age 10, has had multiple visits to the pediatric emergency department (PED) with the chief concern of excessive urinary frequency. At each visit, the medical workup has been negative and he was discharged home. After a few months, M’s parents bring their son back to the PED because he reports hearing “voices in my head” and “feeling tense and scared.” When these feelings become too overwhelming, M stops eating and experiences substantial fear and anxiety that require his mother’s repeated reassurances. M’s mother reports that 2 weeks before his most recent PED visit, he became increasingly anxious and disturbed, and said he was afraid most of the time, and worried about the safety of his family for no apparent reason.
The psychiatrist evaluates M in the PED and diagnoses him with unspecified schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorder based on his persistent report of auditory and tactile hallucinations, including hearing a voice of a man telling him he was going to choke on his food and feeling someone touch his arm to soothe him during his anxious moments. M does not meet criteria for acute inpatient hospitalization, and is discharged home with referral to follow-up at our child and adolescent psychiatry outpatient clinic.
On subsequent evaluation in our clinic, M reports most of the same about his experience hearing “voices in my head” that repeatedly suggest “I might choke on my food and end up seriously ill in the hospital.” He started to hear the “voices” after he witnessed his sister choke while eating a few days earlier. He also mentions that the “voices” tell him “you have to use the restroom.” As a result, he uses the restroom several times before leaving for home and is frequently late for school. His parents accommodate his behavior—his mother allows him to use the bathroom multiple times, and his father overlooks the behavior as part of school anxiety.
At school, his teacher reports a concern for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) based on M’s continuous inattentiveness in class and dropping grades. He asks for bathroom breaks up to 15 times a day, which disrupts his class work.
These behaviors have led to a gradual 1-year decline in his overall functioning, including difficulty at school for requesting too many bathroom breaks; having to repeat the 3rd grade; and incurring multiple hospital visits for evaluation of his various complaints. M has become socially isolated and withdrawn from friends and family.
M’s developmental history is normal and his family history is negative for any psychiatric disorder. Medical history and physical examination are unremarkable. CT scan of his head is unremarkable, and all hematologic and biochemistry laboratory test values are within normal range.
[polldaddy:9971376]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
Several factors may contribute to an increased chance of misdiagnosis of a psychiatric illness
On closer sequential evaluations with M and his family, we determined that the “voices” he was hearing were actually intrusive thoughts, and not hallucinations. M clarified this by saying that first he feels a “pressure”-like sensation in his head, followed by repeated intrusive thoughts of voiding his bladder that compel him to go to the restroom to try to urinate. He feels temporary relief after complying with the urge, even when he passes only a small amount of urine or just washes his hands. After a brief period of relief, this process repeats itself. Further, he was able to clarify his experience while eating food, where he first felt a “pressure”-like sensation in his head, followed by intrusive thoughts of choking that result in him not eating.
This led us to a more appropriate diagnosis of OCD (Table 11). The incidence of OCD has 2 peaks, with different gender distributions. The first peak occurs in childhood, with symptoms mostly arising between 7 and 12 years of age and affecting boys more often than girls. The second peak occurs in early adulthood, at a mean age of 21 years, with a slight female majority.2 However, OCD is often under recognized and undertreated, perhaps due to its extensive heterogeneity; symptom presentations and comorbidity patterns can vary noticeably between individual patients as well as age groups.
OCD is characterized by the presence of obsessions or compulsions that wax and wane in severity, are time-consuming (at least 1 hour per day), and cause subjective distress or interfere with life of the patient or the family. Adults with OCD recognize at some level that the obsessions and/or compulsions are excessive and unreasonable, although children are not required to have this insight to meet criteria for the diagnosis.1 Rating scales, such as the Children’s Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale, Dimensional Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale, and Family Accommodation Scale, are useful to obtain detailed information regarding OCD symptoms, tics, and other factors relevant to the diagnosis.
Continue to: M's symptomatology...
M’s symptomatology did not appear to be psychotic. He was screened for positive or negative symptoms of psychosis, which he and his family clearly denied. Moreover, M’s compulsions (going to the restroom) were typically performed in response to his obsessions (urge to void his bladder) to reduce his distress, which is different from schizophrenia, in which repetitive behaviors are performed in response to psychotic ideation, and not obsessions (Table 23-5).
M’s inattentiveness in the classroom was found to be related to his obsessions and compulsions, and not part of a symptom cluster characterizing ADHD. Teachers often interpret inattention and poor classroom performance as ADHD, but having detailed conversations with teachers often is helpful in understanding the nature of a child’s symptomology and making the appropriate diagnosis.
Establishing the correct clinical diagnosis is critical because it is the starting point in treatment. First-line medication for one condition may exacerbate the symptoms of others. For example, in addition to having a large adverse-effect burden, antipsychotics can induce de novo obsessive–compulsive symptoms (OCS) or exacerbate preexisting OCS, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) may exacerbate psychosis in schizo-obsessive patients with a history of impulsivity and aggressiveness.6 Similarly, stimulant medications for ADHD may exacerbate OCS and may even induce them on their own.7,8
[polldaddy:9971377]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
Studies have reported an average of 2.5 years from the onset of OCD symptoms to diagnosis in the United States.9 A key reason for this delay, which is more frequently encountered in pediatric patients, is secrecy. Children often feel embarrassed about their symptoms and conceal them until the interference with their functioning becomes extremely disabling. In some cases, symptoms may closely resemble normal childhood routines. In fact, some repetitive behaviors may be normal in some developmental stages, and OCD could be conceptualized as a pathological condition with continuity of normal behaviors during different developmental periods.10
Also, symptoms may go unnoticed for quite some time as unsuspecting and well-intentioned parents and family members become overly involved in the child’s rituals (eg, allowing for increasing frequent prolonged bathroom breaks or frequent change of clothing, etc.). This well-established phenomenon, termed accommodation, is defined as participation of family members in a child’s OCD–related rituals.11 Especially when symptoms are mild or the child is functioning well, accommodation can make it difficult for parents to realize the presence or nature of a problem, as they might tend to minimize their child’s symptoms as representing a unique personality trait or a special “quirk.” Parents generally will seek treatment when their child’s symptoms become more impairing and begin to interfere with social functioning, school performance, or family functioning.
The clinical picture is further complicated by comorbidity. Approximately 60% to 80% of children and adolescents with OCD have ≥1 comorbid psychiatric disorders. Some of the most common include tic disorders, ADHD, anxiety disorders, and mood or eating disorders.9
[polldaddy:9971379]
Continue to: TREATMENT Combination therapy
TREATMENT Combination therapy
In keeping with American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry guidelines on treating OCD (Table 312), we start M on fluoxetine 10 mg/d. He also begins CBT. Fluoxetine is slowly titrated to 40 mg/d while M engages in learning and utilizing CBT techniques to manage his OCD.
The authors’ observations
The combination of CBT and medication has been suggested as the treatment of choice for moderate and severe OCD.12 The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study, a 5-year, 3-site outcome study designed to compare placebo, sertraline, CBT, and combined CBT and sertraline, concluded that the combined treatment (CBT plus sertraline) was more effective than CBT alone or sertraline alone.13 The effect sizes for the combined treatment, CBT alone, and sertraline alone were 1.4, 0.97, and 0.67, respectively. Remission rates for SSRIs alone are <33%.13,14
SSRIs are the first-line medication for OCD in children, adolescents, and adults (Table 312). Well-designed clinical trials have demonstrated the efficacy and safety of the SSRIs fluoxetine, sertraline, and fluvoxamine (alone or combined with CBT) in children and adolescents with OCD.13 Other SSRIs, such as citalopram, paroxetine, and escitalopram, also have demonstrated efficacy in children and adolescents with OCD, even though the FDA has not yet approved their use in pediatric patients.12 Despite a positive trial of paroxetine in pediatric OCD,12 there have been concerns related to its higher rates of treatment-emergent suicidality,15 lower likelihood of treatment response,16 and its particularly short half-life in pediatric patients.17
Clomipramine is a tricyclic antidepressant with serotonergic properties that is used alone or to boost the effect of an SSRI when there is a partial response. It should be introduced at a low dose in pediatric patients (before age 12) and closely monitored for anticholinergic and cardiac adverse effects. A systemic review and meta-analysis of early treatment responses of SSRIs and clomipramine in pediatric OCD indicated that the greatest benefits occurred early in treatment.18 Clomipramine was associated with a greater measured benefit compared with placebo than SSRIs; there was no evidence of a relationship between SSRI dosing and treatment effect, although data were limited. Adults and children with OCD demonstrated a similar degree and time course of response to SSRIs in OCD.18
Treatment should start with a low dose to reduce the risk of adverse effects with an adequate trial for 10 to 16 weeks at adequate doses. Most experts suggest that treatment should continue for at least 12 months after symptom resolution or stabilization, followed by a very gradual cessation.19
Continue to: OUTCOME Improvement in functioning
OUTCOME Improvement in functioning
After 12 months of combined CBT and fluoxetine, M’s global assessment of functioning (GAF) scale score improves from 35 to 80, indicating major improvement in overall functional level.
Acknowledgement
The authors thank Uzoma Osuchukwu, MD, ex-fellow, Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, Harlem Hospital Center, New York, New York, for his assistance with this article.
Bottom Line
Obsessive-compulsive disorder may masquerade as a schizophrenia spectrum disorder, particularly in younger patients. Accurate differentiation is crucial because antipsychotics can induce de novo obsessive-compulsive symptoms (OCS) or exacerbate preexisting OCS, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors may exacerbate psychosis in schizo-obsessive patients with a history of impulsivity and aggressiveness.
Related Resource
- Raveendranathan D, Shiva L, Sharma E, et al. Obsessive compulsive disorder masquerading as psychosis. Indian J Psychol Med. 2012;34(2):179-180.
Drug Brand Names
Citalopram • Celexa
Clomipramine • Anafranil
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Paroxetine • Paxil
Sertraline • Zoloft
CASE Auditory hallucinations?
M, age 10, has had multiple visits to the pediatric emergency department (PED) with the chief concern of excessive urinary frequency. At each visit, the medical workup has been negative and he was discharged home. After a few months, M’s parents bring their son back to the PED because he reports hearing “voices in my head” and “feeling tense and scared.” When these feelings become too overwhelming, M stops eating and experiences substantial fear and anxiety that require his mother’s repeated reassurances. M’s mother reports that 2 weeks before his most recent PED visit, he became increasingly anxious and disturbed, and said he was afraid most of the time, and worried about the safety of his family for no apparent reason.
The psychiatrist evaluates M in the PED and diagnoses him with unspecified schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorder based on his persistent report of auditory and tactile hallucinations, including hearing a voice of a man telling him he was going to choke on his food and feeling someone touch his arm to soothe him during his anxious moments. M does not meet criteria for acute inpatient hospitalization, and is discharged home with referral to follow-up at our child and adolescent psychiatry outpatient clinic.
On subsequent evaluation in our clinic, M reports most of the same about his experience hearing “voices in my head” that repeatedly suggest “I might choke on my food and end up seriously ill in the hospital.” He started to hear the “voices” after he witnessed his sister choke while eating a few days earlier. He also mentions that the “voices” tell him “you have to use the restroom.” As a result, he uses the restroom several times before leaving for home and is frequently late for school. His parents accommodate his behavior—his mother allows him to use the bathroom multiple times, and his father overlooks the behavior as part of school anxiety.
At school, his teacher reports a concern for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) based on M’s continuous inattentiveness in class and dropping grades. He asks for bathroom breaks up to 15 times a day, which disrupts his class work.
These behaviors have led to a gradual 1-year decline in his overall functioning, including difficulty at school for requesting too many bathroom breaks; having to repeat the 3rd grade; and incurring multiple hospital visits for evaluation of his various complaints. M has become socially isolated and withdrawn from friends and family.
M’s developmental history is normal and his family history is negative for any psychiatric disorder. Medical history and physical examination are unremarkable. CT scan of his head is unremarkable, and all hematologic and biochemistry laboratory test values are within normal range.
[polldaddy:9971376]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
Several factors may contribute to an increased chance of misdiagnosis of a psychiatric illness
On closer sequential evaluations with M and his family, we determined that the “voices” he was hearing were actually intrusive thoughts, and not hallucinations. M clarified this by saying that first he feels a “pressure”-like sensation in his head, followed by repeated intrusive thoughts of voiding his bladder that compel him to go to the restroom to try to urinate. He feels temporary relief after complying with the urge, even when he passes only a small amount of urine or just washes his hands. After a brief period of relief, this process repeats itself. Further, he was able to clarify his experience while eating food, where he first felt a “pressure”-like sensation in his head, followed by intrusive thoughts of choking that result in him not eating.
This led us to a more appropriate diagnosis of OCD (Table 11). The incidence of OCD has 2 peaks, with different gender distributions. The first peak occurs in childhood, with symptoms mostly arising between 7 and 12 years of age and affecting boys more often than girls. The second peak occurs in early adulthood, at a mean age of 21 years, with a slight female majority.2 However, OCD is often under recognized and undertreated, perhaps due to its extensive heterogeneity; symptom presentations and comorbidity patterns can vary noticeably between individual patients as well as age groups.
OCD is characterized by the presence of obsessions or compulsions that wax and wane in severity, are time-consuming (at least 1 hour per day), and cause subjective distress or interfere with life of the patient or the family. Adults with OCD recognize at some level that the obsessions and/or compulsions are excessive and unreasonable, although children are not required to have this insight to meet criteria for the diagnosis.1 Rating scales, such as the Children’s Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale, Dimensional Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale, and Family Accommodation Scale, are useful to obtain detailed information regarding OCD symptoms, tics, and other factors relevant to the diagnosis.
Continue to: M's symptomatology...
M’s symptomatology did not appear to be psychotic. He was screened for positive or negative symptoms of psychosis, which he and his family clearly denied. Moreover, M’s compulsions (going to the restroom) were typically performed in response to his obsessions (urge to void his bladder) to reduce his distress, which is different from schizophrenia, in which repetitive behaviors are performed in response to psychotic ideation, and not obsessions (Table 23-5).
M’s inattentiveness in the classroom was found to be related to his obsessions and compulsions, and not part of a symptom cluster characterizing ADHD. Teachers often interpret inattention and poor classroom performance as ADHD, but having detailed conversations with teachers often is helpful in understanding the nature of a child’s symptomology and making the appropriate diagnosis.
Establishing the correct clinical diagnosis is critical because it is the starting point in treatment. First-line medication for one condition may exacerbate the symptoms of others. For example, in addition to having a large adverse-effect burden, antipsychotics can induce de novo obsessive–compulsive symptoms (OCS) or exacerbate preexisting OCS, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) may exacerbate psychosis in schizo-obsessive patients with a history of impulsivity and aggressiveness.6 Similarly, stimulant medications for ADHD may exacerbate OCS and may even induce them on their own.7,8
[polldaddy:9971377]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
Studies have reported an average of 2.5 years from the onset of OCD symptoms to diagnosis in the United States.9 A key reason for this delay, which is more frequently encountered in pediatric patients, is secrecy. Children often feel embarrassed about their symptoms and conceal them until the interference with their functioning becomes extremely disabling. In some cases, symptoms may closely resemble normal childhood routines. In fact, some repetitive behaviors may be normal in some developmental stages, and OCD could be conceptualized as a pathological condition with continuity of normal behaviors during different developmental periods.10
Also, symptoms may go unnoticed for quite some time as unsuspecting and well-intentioned parents and family members become overly involved in the child’s rituals (eg, allowing for increasing frequent prolonged bathroom breaks or frequent change of clothing, etc.). This well-established phenomenon, termed accommodation, is defined as participation of family members in a child’s OCD–related rituals.11 Especially when symptoms are mild or the child is functioning well, accommodation can make it difficult for parents to realize the presence or nature of a problem, as they might tend to minimize their child’s symptoms as representing a unique personality trait or a special “quirk.” Parents generally will seek treatment when their child’s symptoms become more impairing and begin to interfere with social functioning, school performance, or family functioning.
The clinical picture is further complicated by comorbidity. Approximately 60% to 80% of children and adolescents with OCD have ≥1 comorbid psychiatric disorders. Some of the most common include tic disorders, ADHD, anxiety disorders, and mood or eating disorders.9
[polldaddy:9971379]
Continue to: TREATMENT Combination therapy
TREATMENT Combination therapy
In keeping with American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry guidelines on treating OCD (Table 312), we start M on fluoxetine 10 mg/d. He also begins CBT. Fluoxetine is slowly titrated to 40 mg/d while M engages in learning and utilizing CBT techniques to manage his OCD.
The authors’ observations
The combination of CBT and medication has been suggested as the treatment of choice for moderate and severe OCD.12 The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study, a 5-year, 3-site outcome study designed to compare placebo, sertraline, CBT, and combined CBT and sertraline, concluded that the combined treatment (CBT plus sertraline) was more effective than CBT alone or sertraline alone.13 The effect sizes for the combined treatment, CBT alone, and sertraline alone were 1.4, 0.97, and 0.67, respectively. Remission rates for SSRIs alone are <33%.13,14
SSRIs are the first-line medication for OCD in children, adolescents, and adults (Table 312). Well-designed clinical trials have demonstrated the efficacy and safety of the SSRIs fluoxetine, sertraline, and fluvoxamine (alone or combined with CBT) in children and adolescents with OCD.13 Other SSRIs, such as citalopram, paroxetine, and escitalopram, also have demonstrated efficacy in children and adolescents with OCD, even though the FDA has not yet approved their use in pediatric patients.12 Despite a positive trial of paroxetine in pediatric OCD,12 there have been concerns related to its higher rates of treatment-emergent suicidality,15 lower likelihood of treatment response,16 and its particularly short half-life in pediatric patients.17
Clomipramine is a tricyclic antidepressant with serotonergic properties that is used alone or to boost the effect of an SSRI when there is a partial response. It should be introduced at a low dose in pediatric patients (before age 12) and closely monitored for anticholinergic and cardiac adverse effects. A systemic review and meta-analysis of early treatment responses of SSRIs and clomipramine in pediatric OCD indicated that the greatest benefits occurred early in treatment.18 Clomipramine was associated with a greater measured benefit compared with placebo than SSRIs; there was no evidence of a relationship between SSRI dosing and treatment effect, although data were limited. Adults and children with OCD demonstrated a similar degree and time course of response to SSRIs in OCD.18
Treatment should start with a low dose to reduce the risk of adverse effects with an adequate trial for 10 to 16 weeks at adequate doses. Most experts suggest that treatment should continue for at least 12 months after symptom resolution or stabilization, followed by a very gradual cessation.19
Continue to: OUTCOME Improvement in functioning
OUTCOME Improvement in functioning
After 12 months of combined CBT and fluoxetine, M’s global assessment of functioning (GAF) scale score improves from 35 to 80, indicating major improvement in overall functional level.
Acknowledgement
The authors thank Uzoma Osuchukwu, MD, ex-fellow, Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, Harlem Hospital Center, New York, New York, for his assistance with this article.
Bottom Line
Obsessive-compulsive disorder may masquerade as a schizophrenia spectrum disorder, particularly in younger patients. Accurate differentiation is crucial because antipsychotics can induce de novo obsessive-compulsive symptoms (OCS) or exacerbate preexisting OCS, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors may exacerbate psychosis in schizo-obsessive patients with a history of impulsivity and aggressiveness.
Related Resource
- Raveendranathan D, Shiva L, Sharma E, et al. Obsessive compulsive disorder masquerading as psychosis. Indian J Psychol Med. 2012;34(2):179-180.
Drug Brand Names
Citalopram • Celexa
Clomipramine • Anafranil
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Paroxetine • Paxil
Sertraline • Zoloft
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Geller D, Biederman J, Jones J, et al. Is juvenile obsessive-compulsive disorder a developmental subtype of the disorder? A review of the pediatric literature. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry.1998;37(4):420-427.
3. Huppert JD, Simpson HB, Nissenson KJ, et al. Quality of life and functional impairment in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A comparison of patients with and without comorbidity, patients in remission, and healthy controls. Depress Anxiety. 2009;26(1):39-45.
4. Sobel W, Wolski R, Cancro R, et al. Interpersonal relatedness and paranoid schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry.1996;153(8):1084-1087.
5. Meares A. The diagnosis of prepsychotic schizophrenia. Lancet. 1959;1(7063):55-58.
6. Poyurovsky M, Weizman A, Weizman R. Obsessive-compulsive disorder in schizophrenia: Clinical characteristics and treatment. CNS Drugs. 2004;18(14):989-1010.
7. Kouris S. Methylphenidate-induced obsessive-compulsiveness. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1998;37(2):135.
8. Woolley JB, Heyman I. Dexamphetamine for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):183.
9. Geller DA. Obsessive-compulsive and spectrum disorders in children and adolescents. Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2006;29(2):352-370.
10. Evans DW, Milanak ME, Medeiros B, et al. Magical beliefs and rituals in young children. Child Psychiatry Hum Dev. 2002;33(1):43-58.
11. Amir N, Freshman M, Foa E. Family distress and involvement in relatives of obsessive-compulsive disorder patients. J Anxiety Disord. 2000;14(3):209-217.
12. Practice parameter for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2012;51(1):98-113.
13. Pediatric OCD Treatment Study (POTS) Team. Cognitive-behavior therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study (POTS) randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;292(16):1969-1976.
14. Franklin ME, Sapyta J, Freeman JB, et al. Cognitive behavior therapy augmentation of pharmacotherapy in pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study II (POTS II) randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2011;306(11):1224-1232.
15. Wagner KD, Asarnow JR, Vitiello B, et al. Out of the black box: treatment of resistant depression in adolescents and the antidepressant controversy. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2012;22(1):5-10.
16. Sakolsky DJ, Perel JM, Emslie GJ, et al. Antidepressant exposure as a predictor of clinical outcomes in the treatment of resistant depression in adolescents (TORDIA) study. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(1):92-97.
17. Findling RL. How (not) to dose antidepressants and antipsychotics for children. Current Psychiatry. 2007;6(6):79-83.
18. Varigonda AL, Jakubovski E, Bloch MH. Systematic review and meta-analysis: early treatment responses of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and clomipramine in pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2016 Oct;55(10):851-859.e2.
19. Mancuso E, Faro A, Joshi G, et al. Treatment of pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder: a review. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(4):299-308.
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Geller D, Biederman J, Jones J, et al. Is juvenile obsessive-compulsive disorder a developmental subtype of the disorder? A review of the pediatric literature. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry.1998;37(4):420-427.
3. Huppert JD, Simpson HB, Nissenson KJ, et al. Quality of life and functional impairment in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A comparison of patients with and without comorbidity, patients in remission, and healthy controls. Depress Anxiety. 2009;26(1):39-45.
4. Sobel W, Wolski R, Cancro R, et al. Interpersonal relatedness and paranoid schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry.1996;153(8):1084-1087.
5. Meares A. The diagnosis of prepsychotic schizophrenia. Lancet. 1959;1(7063):55-58.
6. Poyurovsky M, Weizman A, Weizman R. Obsessive-compulsive disorder in schizophrenia: Clinical characteristics and treatment. CNS Drugs. 2004;18(14):989-1010.
7. Kouris S. Methylphenidate-induced obsessive-compulsiveness. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1998;37(2):135.
8. Woolley JB, Heyman I. Dexamphetamine for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):183.
9. Geller DA. Obsessive-compulsive and spectrum disorders in children and adolescents. Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2006;29(2):352-370.
10. Evans DW, Milanak ME, Medeiros B, et al. Magical beliefs and rituals in young children. Child Psychiatry Hum Dev. 2002;33(1):43-58.
11. Amir N, Freshman M, Foa E. Family distress and involvement in relatives of obsessive-compulsive disorder patients. J Anxiety Disord. 2000;14(3):209-217.
12. Practice parameter for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2012;51(1):98-113.
13. Pediatric OCD Treatment Study (POTS) Team. Cognitive-behavior therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study (POTS) randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;292(16):1969-1976.
14. Franklin ME, Sapyta J, Freeman JB, et al. Cognitive behavior therapy augmentation of pharmacotherapy in pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Pediatric OCD Treatment Study II (POTS II) randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2011;306(11):1224-1232.
15. Wagner KD, Asarnow JR, Vitiello B, et al. Out of the black box: treatment of resistant depression in adolescents and the antidepressant controversy. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2012;22(1):5-10.
16. Sakolsky DJ, Perel JM, Emslie GJ, et al. Antidepressant exposure as a predictor of clinical outcomes in the treatment of resistant depression in adolescents (TORDIA) study. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(1):92-97.
17. Findling RL. How (not) to dose antidepressants and antipsychotics for children. Current Psychiatry. 2007;6(6):79-83.
18. Varigonda AL, Jakubovski E, Bloch MH. Systematic review and meta-analysis: early treatment responses of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and clomipramine in pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2016 Oct;55(10):851-859.e2.
19. Mancuso E, Faro A, Joshi G, et al. Treatment of pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder: a review. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(4):299-308.